annotate man/custom.texi @ 67715:69a961190da1

(Qmac_apple_event): Add extern. (set_frame_menubar, mac_menu_show keymp_panes) (single_keymap_panes, list_of_panes, list_of_item) (single_menu_item): Add argument types to prototypes. (mac_dialog_show) [HAVE_DIALOGS]: Likewise. (struct skp): New struct (from xmenu.c). (single_keymap_panes, single_menu_item, list_of_panes) (list_of_item): Sync with xmenu.c. (Fx_popup_menu, Fx_popup_dialog): Likewise. Don't get window from POSITION if it is mac-apple-event event. (menubar_selection_callback): Don't use menu_command_in_progress. (set_frame_menubar): First parse all submenus, then make widget_value trees from them. Don't allocate any widget_value objects until we are done with the parsing. (parse_single_submenu, digest_single_submenu): New functions. (single_submenu): Function deleted, replaced by those two. (install_menu_quit_handler) [HAVE_CANCELMENUTRACKING]: Don't create or dispose of EventHandlerUPP. Install hander to all submenus. (mac_menu_show) [!HAVE_MULTILINGUAL_MENU]: Use ENCODE_MENU_STRING instead of ENCODE_SYSTEM. (free_frame_menubar, fill_submenu, fill_menu): Don't use NULL for integer values. [HAVE_DIALOGS] (mac_dialog_show): Sync with xdialog_show (in xmenu.c). (add_menu_item) [TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON]: Use CFString functions to format menu item string. Don't use NULL for integer value.
author YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
date Wed, 21 Dec 2005 12:31:02 +0000
parents 7b7fe29be670
children 5b235259a476
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
rev   line source
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
64890
3723093a21fd Update years in copyright notice; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents: 64456
diff changeset
2 @c Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1987, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001,
3723093a21fd Update years in copyright notice; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents: 64456
diff changeset
3 @c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5 @node Customization, Quitting, Amusements, Top
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6 @chapter Customization
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7 @cindex customization
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9 This chapter talks about various topics relevant to adapting the
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
10 behavior of Emacs in minor ways.
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
11 @iftex
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
12 See @cite{The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
13 @end iftex
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
14 @ifnottex
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
15 @xref{Top, Emacs Lisp, Emacs Lisp, elisp, The Emacs Lisp
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
16 Reference Manual},
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
17 @end ifnottex
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
18 for how to make more far-reaching changes. @xref{X Resources},
40519
9b9cd5d7c886 Add xref to X Resources.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39544
diff changeset
19 for information on using X resources to customize Emacs.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
20
38322
245114062ee0 Explain more clearly what it takes to make a customization permanent.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38114
diff changeset
21 Customization that you do within Emacs normally affects only the
56165
920d5b4fe0a2 * msdog.texi (Text and Binary, MS-DOS Printing): Use m-dash.
Jesper Harder <harder@ifa.au.dk>
parents: 56085
diff changeset
22 particular Emacs session that you do it in---it does not persist
38322
245114062ee0 Explain more clearly what it takes to make a customization permanent.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38114
diff changeset
23 between sessions unless you save the customization in a file such as
38744
d7121931b3ba Show example of specifying C-M-= in Lisp.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
24 @file{.emacs} or @file{.Xdefaults} that will affect future sessions.
d7121931b3ba Show example of specifying C-M-= in Lisp.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
25 @xref{Init File}. In the customization buffer, when you save
d7121931b3ba Show example of specifying C-M-= in Lisp.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
26 customizations for future sessions, this actually works by editing
d7121931b3ba Show example of specifying C-M-= in Lisp.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
27 @file{.emacs} for you.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
28
52227
fd6d7ba60ecf (Customization): Add xref to Keyboard Macros chapter.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51448
diff changeset
29 Another means of customization is the keyboard macro, which is a
fd6d7ba60ecf (Customization): Add xref to Keyboard Macros chapter.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51448
diff changeset
30 sequence of keystrokes to be replayed with a single command.
fd6d7ba60ecf (Customization): Add xref to Keyboard Macros chapter.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51448
diff changeset
31 @xref{Keyboard Macros}, for full instruction how to record, manage, and
fd6d7ba60ecf (Customization): Add xref to Keyboard Macros chapter.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51448
diff changeset
32 replay sequences of keys.
fd6d7ba60ecf (Customization): Add xref to Keyboard Macros chapter.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51448
diff changeset
33
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
34 @menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
35 * Minor Modes:: Each minor mode is one feature you can turn on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
36 independently of any others.
62475
463dbe69de36 (Customization): Fix menu.
Lute Kamstra <lute@gnu.org>
parents: 61606
diff changeset
37 * Easy Customization:: Convenient way to browse and change user options.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
38 * Variables:: Many Emacs commands examine Emacs variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
39 to decide what to do; by setting variables,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
40 you can control their functioning.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
41 * Key Bindings:: The keymaps say what command each key runs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
42 By changing them, you can "redefine keys".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
43 * Syntax:: The syntax table controls how words and
62475
463dbe69de36 (Customization): Fix menu.
Lute Kamstra <lute@gnu.org>
parents: 61606
diff changeset
44 expressions are parsed.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
45 * Init File:: How to write common customizations in the
49600
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47535
diff changeset
46 @file{.emacs} file.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
47 @end menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
48
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
49 @node Minor Modes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
50 @section Minor Modes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
51 @cindex minor modes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
52 @cindex mode, minor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
53
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
54 Minor modes are optional features which you can turn on or off. For
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
55 example, Auto Fill mode is a minor mode in which @key{SPC} breaks lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
56 between words as you type. All the minor modes are independent of each
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
57 other and of the selected major mode. Most minor modes say in the mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
58 line when they are on; for example, @samp{Fill} in the mode line means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
59 that Auto Fill mode is on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
60
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
61 Append @code{-mode} to the name of a minor mode to get the name of a
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
62 command that turns the mode on or off. Thus, the command to
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
63 enable or disable Auto Fill mode is called @code{auto-fill-mode}. These
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
64 commands are usually invoked with @kbd{M-x}, but you can bind keys to them
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
65 if you wish. With no argument, the function turns the mode on if it was
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
66 off and off if it was on. This is known as @dfn{toggling}. A positive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
67 argument always turns the mode on, and an explicit zero argument or a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
68 negative argument always turns it off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
69
38322
245114062ee0 Explain more clearly what it takes to make a customization permanent.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38114
diff changeset
70 Some minor modes are global: while enabled, they affect everything
245114062ee0 Explain more clearly what it takes to make a customization permanent.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38114
diff changeset
71 you do in the Emacs session, in all buffers. Other minor modes are
245114062ee0 Explain more clearly what it takes to make a customization permanent.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38114
diff changeset
72 buffer-local; they apply only to the current buffer, so you can enable
245114062ee0 Explain more clearly what it takes to make a customization permanent.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38114
diff changeset
73 the mode in certain buffers and not others.
245114062ee0 Explain more clearly what it takes to make a customization permanent.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38114
diff changeset
74
245114062ee0 Explain more clearly what it takes to make a customization permanent.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38114
diff changeset
75 For most minor modes, the command name is also the name of a
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
76 variable. The variable's value is non-@code{nil} if the mode is
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
77 enabled and @code{nil} if it is disabled. Some minor-mode commands
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
78 work by just setting the variable. For example, the command
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
79 @code{abbrev-mode} works by setting the value of @code{abbrev-mode} as
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
80 a variable; it is this variable that directly turns Abbrev mode on and
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
81 off. You can directly set the variable's value instead of calling the
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
82 mode function. For other minor modes, you need to either set the
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
83 variable through the Customize interface or call the mode function to
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
84 correctly enable or disable the mode. To check which of these two
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
85 possibilities applies to a given minor mode, use @kbd{C-h v} to ask
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
86 for documentation on the variable name.
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
87
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
88 For minor mode commands that work by just setting the minor mode
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
89 variable, that variable provides a good way for Lisp programs to turn
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
90 minor modes on and off; it is also useful in a file's local variables
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
91 list (@pxref{File Variables}). But please think twice before setting
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
92 minor modes with a local variables list, because most minor modes are
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
93 a matter of user preference---other users editing the same file might
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
94 not want the same minor modes you prefer.
38322
245114062ee0 Explain more clearly what it takes to make a customization permanent.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38114
diff changeset
95
65031
177b0fcf58b9 (Minor Modes): Say that the list here is not complete.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 64890
diff changeset
96 The most useful buffer-local minor modes include Abbrev mode, Auto
177b0fcf58b9 (Minor Modes): Say that the list here is not complete.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 64890
diff changeset
97 Fill mode, Auto Save mode, Font-Lock mode, Glasses mode, ISO Accents
177b0fcf58b9 (Minor Modes): Say that the list here is not complete.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 64890
diff changeset
98 mode, Outline minor mode, Overwrite mode, and Binary Overwrite mode.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
99
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
100 Abbrev mode allows you to define abbreviations that automatically expand
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
101 as you type them. For example, @samp{amd} might expand to @samp{abbrev
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
102 mode}. @xref{Abbrevs}, for full information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
103
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
104 Auto Fill mode allows you to enter filled text without breaking lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
105 explicitly. Emacs inserts newlines as necessary to prevent lines from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
106 becoming too long. @xref{Filling}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
108 Auto Save mode causes the contents of a buffer to be saved
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
109 periodically to reduce the amount of work you can lose in case of a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
110 system crash. @xref{Auto Save}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
111
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
112 Enriched mode enables editing and saving of formatted text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
113 @xref{Formatted Text}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
115 Flyspell mode automatically highlights misspelled words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
116 @xref{Spelling}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
117
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
118 Font-Lock mode automatically highlights certain textual units found in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
119 programs, such as comments, strings, and function names being defined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
120 This requires a window system that can display multiple fonts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
121 @xref{Faces}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
122
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
123 ISO Accents mode makes the characters @samp{`}, @samp{'}, @samp{"},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
124 @samp{^}, @samp{/} and @samp{~} combine with the following letter, to
38744
d7121931b3ba Show example of specifying C-M-= in Lisp.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
125 produce an accented letter in the ISO Latin-1 character set. The
d7121931b3ba Show example of specifying C-M-= in Lisp.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
126 newer and more general feature of input methods more or less
d7121931b3ba Show example of specifying C-M-= in Lisp.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
127 supersedes ISO Accents mode. @xref{Single-Byte Character Support}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
129 Outline minor mode provides the same facilities as the major mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
130 called Outline mode; but since it is a minor mode instead, you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
131 combine it with any major mode. @xref{Outline Mode}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
133 @cindex Overwrite mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
134 @cindex mode, Overwrite
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
135 Overwrite mode causes ordinary printing characters to replace existing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
136 text instead of shoving it to the right. For example, if point is in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
137 front of the @samp{B} in @samp{FOOBAR}, then in Overwrite mode typing a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
138 @kbd{G} changes it to @samp{FOOGAR}, instead of producing @samp{FOOGBAR}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
139 as usual. In Overwrite mode, the command @kbd{C-q} inserts the next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
140 character whatever it may be, even if it is a digit---this gives you a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
141 way to insert a character instead of replacing an existing character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
142
37571
9628e53b601d Document that overwrite-mode is bound to INSERT and add @kindex for INSERT.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37419
diff changeset
143 @findex overwrite-mode
9628e53b601d Document that overwrite-mode is bound to INSERT and add @kindex for INSERT.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37419
diff changeset
144 @kindex INSERT
9628e53b601d Document that overwrite-mode is bound to INSERT and add @kindex for INSERT.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37419
diff changeset
145 The command @code{overwrite-mode} is an exception to the rule that
9628e53b601d Document that overwrite-mode is bound to INSERT and add @kindex for INSERT.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37419
diff changeset
146 commands which toggle minor modes are normally not bound to keys: it is
9628e53b601d Document that overwrite-mode is bound to INSERT and add @kindex for INSERT.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37419
diff changeset
147 bound to the @key{INSERT} function key. This is because many other
9628e53b601d Document that overwrite-mode is bound to INSERT and add @kindex for INSERT.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37419
diff changeset
148 programs bind @key{INSERT} to similar functions.
9628e53b601d Document that overwrite-mode is bound to INSERT and add @kindex for INSERT.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37419
diff changeset
149
9628e53b601d Document that overwrite-mode is bound to INSERT and add @kindex for INSERT.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37419
diff changeset
150 @findex binary-overwrite-mode
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
151 Binary Overwrite mode is a variant of Overwrite mode for editing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
152 binary files; it treats newlines and tabs like other characters, so that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
153 they overwrite other characters and can be overwritten by them.
37843
e8365cfcb741 Explain how Binary Overwrite mode affects C-q.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37618
diff changeset
154 In Binary Overwrite mode, digits after @kbd{C-q} specify an
e8365cfcb741 Explain how Binary Overwrite mode affects C-q.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37618
diff changeset
155 octal character code, as usual.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
156
65031
177b0fcf58b9 (Minor Modes): Say that the list here is not complete.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 64890
diff changeset
157 Here are some useful minor modes that normally apply to all buffers
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
158 at once. Since Line Number mode and Transient Mark mode can be
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
159 enabled or disabled just by setting the value of the minor mode
65031
177b0fcf58b9 (Minor Modes): Say that the list here is not complete.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 64890
diff changeset
160 variable, you @emph{can} set them differently for particular buffers,
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
161 by explicitly making the corresponding variable local in those
65031
177b0fcf58b9 (Minor Modes): Say that the list here is not complete.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 64890
diff changeset
162 buffers. @xref{Locals}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
164 Icomplete mode displays an indication of available completions when
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
165 you are in the minibuffer and completion is active. @xref{Completion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
166 Options}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
167
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
168 Line Number mode enables continuous display in the mode line of the
36148
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
169 line number of point, and Column Number mode enables display of the
28126
e7cf77f27506 Fix copyright line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27218
diff changeset
170 column number. @xref{Mode Line}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
172 Scroll Bar mode gives each window a scroll bar (@pxref{Scroll Bars}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
173 Menu Bar mode gives each frame a menu bar (@pxref{Menu Bars}). Both of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
174 these modes are enabled by default when you use the X Window System.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
176 In Transient Mark mode, every change in the buffer contents
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
177 ``deactivates'' the mark, so that commands that operate on the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
178 will get an error. This means you must either set the mark, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
179 explicitly ``reactivate'' it, before each command that uses the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
180 The advantage of Transient Mark mode is that Emacs can display the
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
181 region highlighted. @xref{Mark}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
182
58763
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
183 @node Easy Customization
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
184 @section Easy Customization Interface
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
185
58763
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
186 @cindex user option
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
187 Emacs has many @dfn{user options} which have values that you can set
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
188 in order to customize various commands. Many user options are
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
189 documented in this manual. Most user options are actually Lisp
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
190 variables (@pxref{Variables}), so their names appear in the Variable
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
191 Index (@pxref{Variable Index}). The rest are faces and their
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
192 attributes (@pxref{Faces}).
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
194 @findex customize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
195 @cindex customization buffer
64456
c044e7b7f251 (Easy Customization): Delete duplicate words.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 64418
diff changeset
196 You can browse interactively through the user options and change
58763
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
197 some of them using @kbd{M-x customize}. This command creates a
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
198 @dfn{customization buffer}, which offers commands to navigate through
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
199 a logically organized structure of the Emacs user options; you can
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
200 also use it to edit and set their values, and to save settings
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
201 permanently in your @file{~/.emacs} file (@pxref{Init File}).
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
202
58763
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
203 The appearance of the example buffers in this section is typically
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
204 different under a window system, since faces are then used to indicate
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
205 the active fields and other features.
31075
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
206
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
207 @menu
59949
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
208 * Groups: Customization Groups. How options are classified in a structure.
67682
7b7fe29be670 (Easy Customization): Add "Browsing Custom" to menu.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67515
diff changeset
209 * Browsing: Browsing Custom. Browsing and searching for options and faces.
59802
67941974673e (Easy Customization): Adapt menu to node name change.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 59800
diff changeset
210 * Changing a Variable:: How to edit a value and set an option.
67515
bcb381c5774c (Easy Customization): Change menu comment.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67445
diff changeset
211 * Saving Customizations:: Specifying the file for saving customizations.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
212 * Face Customization:: How to edit the attributes of a face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
213 * Specific Customization:: Making a customization buffer for specific
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
214 variables, faces, or groups.
65335
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
215 * Custom Themes:: How to define collections of customized options
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
216 that can be loaded and unloaded together.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
217 @end menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
218
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
219 @node Customization Groups
58763
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
220 @subsection Customization Groups
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
221 @cindex customization groups
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
223 For customization purposes, user options are organized into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
224 @dfn{groups} to help you find them. Groups are collected into bigger
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
225 groups, all the way up to a master group called @code{Emacs}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
227 @kbd{M-x customize} creates a customization buffer that shows the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
228 top-level @code{Emacs} group and the second-level groups immediately
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
229 under it. It looks like this, in part:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
231 @smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
232 /- Emacs group: ---------------------------------------------------\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
233 [State]: visible group members are all at standard settings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
234 Customization of the One True Editor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
235 See also [Manual].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
236
49600
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47535
diff changeset
237 Editing group: [Go to Group]
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
238 Basic text editing facilities.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
239
49600
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47535
diff changeset
240 External group: [Go to Group]
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
241 Interfacing to external utilities.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
242
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
243 @var{more second-level groups}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
245 \- Emacs group end ------------------------------------------------/
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
247 @end smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
249 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
250 This says that the buffer displays the contents of the @code{Emacs}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
251 group. The other groups are listed because they are its contents. But
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
252 they are listed differently, without indentation and dashes, because
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
253 @emph{their} contents are not included. Each group has a single-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
254 documentation string; the @code{Emacs} group also has a @samp{[State]}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
255 line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
257 @cindex editable fields (customization buffer)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
258 @cindex active fields (customization buffer)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
259 Most of the text in the customization buffer is read-only, but it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
260 typically includes some @dfn{editable fields} that you can edit. There
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
261 are also @dfn{active fields}; this means a field that does something
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
262 when you @dfn{invoke} it. To invoke an active field, either click on it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
263 with @kbd{Mouse-1}, or move point to it and type @key{RET}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
265 For example, the phrase @samp{[Go to Group]} that appears in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
266 second-level group is an active field. Invoking the @samp{[Go to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
267 Group]} field for a group creates a new customization buffer, which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
268 shows that group and its contents. This field is a kind of hypertext
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
269 link to another group.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
270
38744
d7121931b3ba Show example of specifying C-M-= in Lisp.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
271 The @code{Emacs} group includes a few user options itself, but
d7121931b3ba Show example of specifying C-M-= in Lisp.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
272 mainly it contains other groups, which contain more groups, which
d7121931b3ba Show example of specifying C-M-= in Lisp.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
273 contain the user options. By browsing the hierarchy of groups, you
d7121931b3ba Show example of specifying C-M-= in Lisp.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
274 will eventually find the feature you are interested in customizing.
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
275 Then you can use the customization buffer to set the options
38744
d7121931b3ba Show example of specifying C-M-= in Lisp.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
276 pertaining to that feature. You can also go straight to a particular
d7121931b3ba Show example of specifying C-M-= in Lisp.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
277 group by name, using the command @kbd{M-x customize-group}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
278
67682
7b7fe29be670 (Easy Customization): Add "Browsing Custom" to menu.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67515
diff changeset
279 @node Browsing Custom
7b7fe29be670 (Easy Customization): Add "Browsing Custom" to menu.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67515
diff changeset
280 @subsection Browsing and Searching for Options and Faces
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
281 @findex customize-browse
67682
7b7fe29be670 (Easy Customization): Add "Browsing Custom" to menu.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67515
diff changeset
282 You can use @kbd{M-x customize} to browse the groups and options, but
7b7fe29be670 (Easy Customization): Add "Browsing Custom" to menu.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67515
diff changeset
283 often @kbd{M-x customize-browse} is a more efficient alternative.
7b7fe29be670 (Easy Customization): Add "Browsing Custom" to menu.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67515
diff changeset
284 That is because it lets you view the structure of customization groups
7b7fe29be670 (Easy Customization): Add "Browsing Custom" to menu.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67515
diff changeset
285 on a larger scale. This command creates a special kind of
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
286 customization buffer which shows only the names of the groups (and
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
287 variables and faces), and their structure.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
289 In this buffer, you can show the contents of a group by invoking
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
290 @samp{[+]}. When the group contents are visible, this button changes to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
291 @samp{[-]}; invoking that hides the group contents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
292
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
293 Each group, variable, or face name in this buffer has an active field
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
294 which says @samp{[Group]}, @samp{[Option]} or @samp{[Face]}. Invoking
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
295 that active field creates an ordinary customization buffer showing just
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
296 that group and its contents, just that variable, or just that face.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
297 This is the way to set values in it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
298
67682
7b7fe29be670 (Easy Customization): Add "Browsing Custom" to menu.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67515
diff changeset
299 If you can guess part of the name of the options you are interested
7b7fe29be670 (Easy Customization): Add "Browsing Custom" to menu.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67515
diff changeset
300 in, then sometimes @kbd{M-x customize-apropos} can be another useful
7b7fe29be670 (Easy Customization): Add "Browsing Custom" to menu.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67515
diff changeset
301 way to search for options. However, unlike @code{customize} and
7b7fe29be670 (Easy Customization): Add "Browsing Custom" to menu.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67515
diff changeset
302 @code{customize-browse}, @code{customize-apropos} can only find
7b7fe29be670 (Easy Customization): Add "Browsing Custom" to menu.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67515
diff changeset
303 options that are loaded in the current Emacs session. @xref{Specific
7b7fe29be670 (Easy Customization): Add "Browsing Custom" to menu.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67515
diff changeset
304 Customization,, Customizing Specific Items}.
7b7fe29be670 (Easy Customization): Add "Browsing Custom" to menu.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67515
diff changeset
305
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
306 @node Changing a Variable
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
307 @subsection Changing a Variable
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
308
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
309 Here is an example of what a variable looks like in the
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
310 customization buffer:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
312 @smallexample
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
313 Kill Ring Max: [Hide Value] 60
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
314 [State]: STANDARD.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
315 Maximum length of kill ring before oldest elements are thrown away.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
316 @end smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
317
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
318 The text following @samp{[Hide Value]}, @samp{60} in this case, indicates
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
319 the current value of the variable. If you see @samp{[Show Value]} instead of
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
320 @samp{[Hide Value]}, it means that the value is hidden; the customization
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
321 buffer initially hides values that take up several lines. Invoke
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
322 @samp{[Show Value]} to show the value.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
324 The line after the option name indicates the @dfn{customization state}
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
325 of the variable: in the example above, it says you have not changed the
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
326 option yet. The word @samp{[State]} at the beginning of this line is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
327 active; you can get a menu of various operations by invoking it with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
328 @kbd{Mouse-1} or @key{RET}. These operations are essential for
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
329 customizing the variable.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
331 The line after the @samp{[State]} line displays the beginning of the
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
332 variable's documentation string. If there are more lines of
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
333 documentation, this line ends with @samp{[More]}; invoke this to show
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
334 the full documentation string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
336 To enter a new value for @samp{Kill Ring Max}, move point to the value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
337 and edit it textually. For example, you can type @kbd{M-d}, then insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
338 another number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
339
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
340 When you begin to alter the text, you will see the @samp{[State]} line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
341 change to say that you have edited the value:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
343 @smallexample
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
344 [State]: EDITED, shown value does not take effect until you set or @r{@dots{}}
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
345 save it.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
346 @end smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
348 @cindex setting option value
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
349 Editing the value does not actually set the variable. To do
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
350 that, you must @dfn{set} it. To do this, invoke the word
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
351 @samp{[State]} and choose @samp{Set for Current Session}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
352
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
353 The state of the variable changes visibly when you set it:
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
355 @smallexample
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
356 [State]: SET for current session only.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
357 @end smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
359 You don't have to worry about specifying a value that is not valid;
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
360 setting the variable checks for validity and will not really install an
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
361 unacceptable value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
363 @kindex M-TAB @r{(customization buffer)}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
364 @findex widget-complete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
365 While editing a value or field that is a file name, directory name,
60423
ad01c2a006c4 (Changing a Variable): C-M-i like M-TAB.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59996
diff changeset
366 command name, or anything else for which completion is defined, you
ad01c2a006c4 (Changing a Variable): C-M-i like M-TAB.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59996
diff changeset
367 can type @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (@code{widget-complete}) to do completion.
ad01c2a006c4 (Changing a Variable): C-M-i like M-TAB.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59996
diff changeset
368 (@kbd{@key{ESC} @key{TAB}} and @kbd{C-M-i} do the same thing.)
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
369
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
370 Some variables have a small fixed set of possible legitimate values.
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
371 These variables don't let you edit the value textually. Instead, an
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
372 active field @samp{[Value Menu]} appears before the value; invoke this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
373 field to edit the value. For a boolean ``on or off'' value, the active
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
374 field says @samp{[Toggle]}, and it changes to the other value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
375 @samp{[Value Menu]} and @samp{[Toggle]} edit the buffer; the changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
376 take effect when you use the @samp{Set for Current Session} operation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
377
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
378 Some variables have values with complex structure. For example, the
31075
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
379 value of @code{file-coding-system-alist} is an association list. Here
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
380 is how it appears in the customization buffer:
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
381
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
382 @smallexample
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
383 File Coding System Alist: [Hide Value]
31075
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
384 [INS] [DEL] File regexp: \.elc\'
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
385 Choice: [Value Menu] Encoding/decoding pair:
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
386 Decoding: emacs-mule
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
387 Encoding: emacs-mule
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
388 [INS] [DEL] File regexp: \(\`\|/\)loaddefs.el\'
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
389 Choice: [Value Menu] Encoding/decoding pair:
37977
5ff6cac52888 Update Customization buffer examples
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37976
diff changeset
390 Decoding: raw-text
5ff6cac52888 Update Customization buffer examples
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37976
diff changeset
391 Encoding: raw-text-unix
31075
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
392 [INS] [DEL] File regexp: \.tar\'
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
393 Choice: [Value Menu] Encoding/decoding pair:
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
394 Decoding: no-conversion
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
395 Encoding: no-conversion
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
396 [INS] [DEL] File regexp:
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
397 Choice: [Value Menu] Encoding/decoding pair:
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
398 Decoding: undecided
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
399 Encoding: nil
36148
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
400 [INS]
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
401 [State]: STANDARD.
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
402 Alist to decide a coding system to use for a file I/O @r{@dots{}}
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
403 operation. [Hide Rest]
36148
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
404 The format is ((PATTERN . VAL) ...),
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
405 where PATTERN is a regular expression matching a file name,
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
406 @r{[@dots{}more lines of documentation@dots{}]}
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
407 @end smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
408
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
409 @noindent
36148
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
410 Each association in the list appears on four lines, with several
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
411 editable or ``active'' fields. You can edit the regexps and coding
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
412 systems using ordinary editing commands. You can also invoke
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
413 @samp{[Value Menu]} to switch to a kind of value---for instance, to
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
414 specify a function instead of a pair of coding systems.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
415
36148
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
416 To delete an association from the list, invoke the @samp{[DEL]} button
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
417 for that item. To add an association, invoke @samp{[INS]} at the
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
418 position where you want to add it. There is an @samp{[INS]} button
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
419 between each pair of association, another at the beginning and another
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
420 at the end, so you can add the new association at any position in the
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
421 list.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
423 @kindex TAB @r{(customization buffer)}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
424 @kindex S-TAB @r{(customization buffer)}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
425 @findex widget-forward
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
426 @findex widget-backward
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
427 Two special commands, @key{TAB} and @kbd{S-@key{TAB}}, are useful for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
428 moving through the customization buffer. @key{TAB}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
429 (@code{widget-forward}) moves forward to the next active or editable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
430 field; @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} (@code{widget-backward}) moves backward to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
431 previous active or editable field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
433 Typing @key{RET} on an editable field also moves forward, just like
36148
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
434 @key{TAB}. We set it up this way because people often type @key{RET}
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
435 when they are finished editing a field. To insert a newline within an
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
436 editable field, use @kbd{C-o} or @kbd{C-q C-j}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
437
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
438 @cindex saving variable value
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
439 @cindex customized variables, saving
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
440 Setting the variable changes its value in the current Emacs session;
47535
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
441 @dfn{saving} the value changes it for future sessions as well. To
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
442 save the variable, invoke @samp{[State]} and select the @samp{Save for
47535
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
443 Future Sessions} operation. This works by writing code so as to set
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
444 the variable again, each time you start Emacs (@pxref{Saving
47535
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
445 Customizations}).
37618
764853859fbc (Changing an Option): Document that "emacs -q" cannot save customizations.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37596
diff changeset
446
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
447 You can also restore the variable to its standard value by invoking
47535
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
448 @samp{[State]} and selecting the @samp{Erase Customization} operation.
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
449 There are actually four reset operations:
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
451 @table @samp
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
452 @item Reset to Current
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
453 If you have made some modifications and not yet set the variable,
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
454 this restores the text in the customization buffer to match
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
455 the actual value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
457 @item Reset to Saved
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
458 This restores the value of the variable to the last saved value,
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
459 and updates the text accordingly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
460
27218
ff77115434db Doc recent changes in Custom.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26392
diff changeset
461 @item Erase Customization
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
462 This sets the variable to its standard value, and updates the text
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
463 accordingly. This also eliminates any saved value for the option,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
464 so that you will get the standard value in future Emacs sessions.
47535
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
465
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
466 @item Use Backup Value
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
467 This sets the variable to a previous value that was set in the
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
468 customization buffer in this session. If you customize a variable
58763
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
469 and then reset it, which discards the customized value,
47535
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
470 you can get the customized value back again with this operation.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
471 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
472
27218
ff77115434db Doc recent changes in Custom.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26392
diff changeset
473 @cindex comments on customized options
36148
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
474 Sometimes it is useful to record a comment about a specific
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
475 customization. Use the @samp{Add Comment} item from the
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
476 @samp{[State]} menu to create a field for entering the comment. The
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
477 comment you enter will be saved, and displayed again if you again view
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
478 the same variable in a customization buffer, even in another session.
27218
ff77115434db Doc recent changes in Custom.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26392
diff changeset
479
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
480 The state of a group indicates whether anything in that group has been
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
481 edited, set or saved.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
483 Near the top of the customization buffer there are two lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
484 containing several active fields:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
486 @smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
487 [Set for Current Session] [Save for Future Sessions]
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
488 [Reset to Current] [Reset to Saved] [Erase Customization] [Finish]
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
489 @end smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
490
36593
4567e1729217 custom-buffer-done-function <- Custom-buffer-done
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36292
diff changeset
491 @vindex custom-buffer-done-function
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
492 @noindent
27218
ff77115434db Doc recent changes in Custom.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26392
diff changeset
493 Invoking @samp{[Finish]} either buries or kills this customization
36593
4567e1729217 custom-buffer-done-function <- Custom-buffer-done
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36292
diff changeset
494 buffer according to the setting of the option
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
495 @code{custom-buffer-done-kill}; the default is to bury the buffer.
36593
4567e1729217 custom-buffer-done-function <- Custom-buffer-done
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36292
diff changeset
496 Each of the other fields performs an operation---set, save or
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
497 reset---on each of the options in the buffer that could meaningfully
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
498 be set, saved or reset. They do not operate on options whose values
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
499 are hidden, nor on subgroups.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
500
47535
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
501 @node Saving Customizations
58763
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
502 @subsection Saving Customizations
47535
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
503
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
504 @vindex custom-file
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
505 The customization buffer normally saves customizations in
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
506 @file{~/.emacs}. If you wish, you can save customizations in another
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
507 file instead. To make this work, your @file{~/.emacs} should set
59353
c13a0c603028 (Saving Customizations): Minor improvement.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59336
diff changeset
508 @code{custom-file} to the name of that file. Then you should load the
c13a0c603028 (Saving Customizations): Minor improvement.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59336
diff changeset
509 file by calling @code{load}. For example:
47535
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
510
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
511 @example
59336
b442f3501e4e (Saving Customizations): Emacs no longer loads `custom-file' after
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 59282
diff changeset
512 (setq custom-file "~/.emacs-custom.el")
b442f3501e4e (Saving Customizations): Emacs no longer loads `custom-file' after
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 59282
diff changeset
513 (load custom-file)
47535
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
514 @end example
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
515
58861
2e075e3c65a4 (Saving Customizations): Emacs only loads the custom file
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 58764
diff changeset
516 You can also use @code{custom-file} to specify different
2e075e3c65a4 (Saving Customizations): Emacs only loads the custom file
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 58764
diff changeset
517 customization files for different Emacs versions, like this:
47535
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
518
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
519 @example
58861
2e075e3c65a4 (Saving Customizations): Emacs only loads the custom file
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 58764
diff changeset
520 (cond ((< emacs-major-version 21)
2e075e3c65a4 (Saving Customizations): Emacs only loads the custom file
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 58764
diff changeset
521 ;; @r{Emacs 20 customization.}
2e075e3c65a4 (Saving Customizations): Emacs only loads the custom file
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 58764
diff changeset
522 (setq custom-file "~/.custom-20.el"))
2e075e3c65a4 (Saving Customizations): Emacs only loads the custom file
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 58764
diff changeset
523 ((and (= emacs-major-version 21) (< emacs-minor-version 4))
2e075e3c65a4 (Saving Customizations): Emacs only loads the custom file
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 58764
diff changeset
524 ;; @r{Emacs 21 customization, before version 21.4.}
2e075e3c65a4 (Saving Customizations): Emacs only loads the custom file
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 58764
diff changeset
525 (setq custom-file "~/.custom-21.el"))
59996
aac0a33f5772 Change release version from 21.4 to 22.1 throughout.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 59961
diff changeset
526 ((< emacs-major-version 22)
58861
2e075e3c65a4 (Saving Customizations): Emacs only loads the custom file
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 58764
diff changeset
527 ;; @r{Emacs version 21.4 or later.}
59996
aac0a33f5772 Change release version from 21.4 to 22.1 throughout.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 59961
diff changeset
528 (setq custom-file "~/.custom-21.4.el"))
aac0a33f5772 Change release version from 21.4 to 22.1 throughout.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 59961
diff changeset
529 (t
aac0a33f5772 Change release version from 21.4 to 22.1 throughout.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 59961
diff changeset
530 ;; @r{Emacs version 22.1 or later.}
aac0a33f5772 Change release version from 21.4 to 22.1 throughout.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 59961
diff changeset
531 (setq custom-file "~/.custom-22.el")))
58861
2e075e3c65a4 (Saving Customizations): Emacs only loads the custom file
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 58764
diff changeset
532
2e075e3c65a4 (Saving Customizations): Emacs only loads the custom file
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 58764
diff changeset
533 (load custom-file)
47535
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
534 @end example
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
535
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
536 If Emacs was invoked with the @option{-q} or @option{--no-init-file}
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
537 options (@pxref{Initial Options}), it will not let you save your
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
538 customizations in your @file{~/.emacs} init file. This is because
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
539 saving customizations from such a session would wipe out all the other
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
540 customizations you might have on your init file.
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
541
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
542 @node Face Customization
58763
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
543 @subsection Customizing Faces
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
544 @cindex customizing faces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
545 @cindex bold font
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
546 @cindex italic font
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
547 @cindex fonts and faces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
548
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
549 In addition to variables, some customization groups also include
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
550 faces. When you show the contents of a group, both the variables and
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
551 the faces in the group appear in the customization buffer. Here is an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
552 example of how a face looks:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
554 @smallexample
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
555 Custom Changed Face:(sample) [Hide Face]
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
556 [State]: STANDARD.
44278
2f0122b0b947 Update the `customize-face' example to reflect current reality.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 43062
diff changeset
557 Face used when the customize item has been changed.
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
558 Parent groups: [Custom Magic Faces]
44278
2f0122b0b947 Update the `customize-face' example to reflect current reality.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 43062
diff changeset
559 Attributes: [ ] Font Family: *
2f0122b0b947 Update the `customize-face' example to reflect current reality.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 43062
diff changeset
560 [ ] Width: *
2f0122b0b947 Update the `customize-face' example to reflect current reality.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 43062
diff changeset
561 [ ] Height: *
2f0122b0b947 Update the `customize-face' example to reflect current reality.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 43062
diff changeset
562 [ ] Weight: *
2f0122b0b947 Update the `customize-face' example to reflect current reality.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 43062
diff changeset
563 [ ] Slant: *
2f0122b0b947 Update the `customize-face' example to reflect current reality.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 43062
diff changeset
564 [ ] Underline: *
2f0122b0b947 Update the `customize-face' example to reflect current reality.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 43062
diff changeset
565 [ ] Overline: *
2f0122b0b947 Update the `customize-face' example to reflect current reality.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 43062
diff changeset
566 [ ] Strike-through: *
2f0122b0b947 Update the `customize-face' example to reflect current reality.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 43062
diff changeset
567 [ ] Box around text: *
2f0122b0b947 Update the `customize-face' example to reflect current reality.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 43062
diff changeset
568 [ ] Inverse-video: *
2f0122b0b947 Update the `customize-face' example to reflect current reality.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 43062
diff changeset
569 [X] Foreground: white (sample)
2f0122b0b947 Update the `customize-face' example to reflect current reality.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 43062
diff changeset
570 [X] Background: blue (sample)
2f0122b0b947 Update the `customize-face' example to reflect current reality.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 43062
diff changeset
571 [ ] Stipple: *
2f0122b0b947 Update the `customize-face' example to reflect current reality.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 43062
diff changeset
572 [ ] Inherit: *
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
573 @end smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
574
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
575 Each face attribute has its own line. The @samp{[@var{x}]} field
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
576 before the attribute name indicates whether the attribute is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
577 @dfn{enabled}; @samp{X} means that it is. You can enable or disable the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
578 attribute by invoking that field. When the attribute is enabled, you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
579 can change the attribute value in the usual ways.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
580
59282
b7abe21b4ff3 (Face Customization): Mention hex color specs.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59192
diff changeset
581 For the colors, you can specify a color name (use @kbd{M-x
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
582 list-colors-display} for a list of them) or a hexadecimal color
59282
b7abe21b4ff3 (Face Customization): Mention hex color specs.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59192
diff changeset
583 specification of the form @samp{#@var{rr}@var{gg}@var{bb}}.
b7abe21b4ff3 (Face Customization): Mention hex color specs.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59192
diff changeset
584 (@samp{#000000} is black, @samp{#ff0000} is red, @samp{#00ff00} is
b7abe21b4ff3 (Face Customization): Mention hex color specs.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59192
diff changeset
585 green, @samp{#0000ff} is blue, and @samp{#ffffff} is white.) On a
b7abe21b4ff3 (Face Customization): Mention hex color specs.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59192
diff changeset
586 black-and-white display, the colors you can use for the background are
b7abe21b4ff3 (Face Customization): Mention hex color specs.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59192
diff changeset
587 @samp{black}, @samp{white}, @samp{gray}, @samp{gray1}, and
b7abe21b4ff3 (Face Customization): Mention hex color specs.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59192
diff changeset
588 @samp{gray3}. Emacs supports these shades of gray by using background
b7abe21b4ff3 (Face Customization): Mention hex color specs.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59192
diff changeset
589 stipple patterns instead of a color.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
591 Setting, saving and resetting a face work like the same operations for
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
592 variables (@pxref{Changing a Variable}).
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
594 A face can specify different appearances for different types of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
595 display. For example, a face can make text red on a color display, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
596 use a bold font on a monochrome display. To specify multiple
37977
5ff6cac52888 Update Customization buffer examples
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37976
diff changeset
597 appearances for a face, select @samp{Show all display specs} in the menu you
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
598 get from invoking @samp{[State]}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
600 @findex modify-face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
601 Another more basic way to set the attributes of a specific face is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
602 with @kbd{M-x modify-face}. This command reads the name of a face, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
603 reads the attributes one by one. For the color and stipple attributes,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
604 the attribute's current value is the default---type just @key{RET} if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
605 you don't want to change that attribute. Type @samp{none} if you want
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
606 to clear out the attribute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
608 @node Specific Customization
58763
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
609 @subsection Customizing Specific Items
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
611 Instead of finding the options you want to change by moving down
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
612 through the structure of groups, you can specify the particular variable,
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
613 face, or group that you want to customize.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
615 @table @kbd
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
616 @item M-x customize-variable @key{RET} @var{variable} @key{RET}
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
617 Set up a customization buffer with just one variable, @var{variable}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
618 @item M-x customize-face @key{RET} @var{face} @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
619 Set up a customization buffer with just one face, @var{face}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
620 @item M-x customize-group @key{RET} @var{group} @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
621 Set up a customization buffer with just one group, @var{group}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
622 @item M-x customize-apropos @key{RET} @var{regexp} @key{RET}
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
623 Set up a customization buffer with all the variables, faces and groups
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
624 that match @var{regexp}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
625 @item M-x customize-changed-options @key{RET} @var{version} @key{RET}
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
626 Set up a customization buffer with all the variables, faces and groups
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
627 whose meaning has changed since Emacs version @var{version}.
49600
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47535
diff changeset
628 @item M-x customize-saved
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
629 Set up a customization buffer containing all variables and faces that you
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
630 have saved with customization buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
631 @item M-x customize-customized
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
632 Set up a customization buffer containing all variables and faces that you
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
633 have customized but not saved.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
634 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
635
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
636 @findex customize-variable
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
637 If you want to alter a particular variable with the customization
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
638 buffer, and you know its name, you can use the command @kbd{M-x
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
639 customize-variable} and specify the variable name. This sets up the
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
640 customization buffer with just one variable---the one that you asked
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
641 for. Editing, setting and saving the value work as described above,
67682
7b7fe29be670 (Easy Customization): Add "Browsing Custom" to menu.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67515
diff changeset
642 but only for the specified variable. Minibuffer completion is very
7b7fe29be670 (Easy Customization): Add "Browsing Custom" to menu.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67515
diff changeset
643 handy if you only know part of the name. However, it only finds
7b7fe29be670 (Easy Customization): Add "Browsing Custom" to menu.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67515
diff changeset
644 options that have been loaded in the current Emacs session.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
645
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
646 @findex customize-face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
647 Likewise, you can modify a specific face, chosen by name, using
46039
3c5d96a2d05f Doc default arg for customize-face.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
648 @kbd{M-x customize-face}. By default it operates on the face used
3c5d96a2d05f Doc default arg for customize-face.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
649 on the character after point.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
651 @findex customize-group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
652 You can also set up the customization buffer with a specific group,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
653 using @kbd{M-x customize-group}. The immediate contents of the chosen
58763
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
654 group, including user options, faces, and other groups, all appear
67682
7b7fe29be670 (Easy Customization): Add "Browsing Custom" to menu.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67515
diff changeset
655 as well (even if not already loaded). However, the subgroups' own
7b7fe29be670 (Easy Customization): Add "Browsing Custom" to menu.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67515
diff changeset
656 contents are not included.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
658 @findex customize-apropos
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
659 To control more precisely what to customize, you can use @kbd{M-x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
660 customize-apropos}. You specify a regular expression as argument; then
67682
7b7fe29be670 (Easy Customization): Add "Browsing Custom" to menu.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67515
diff changeset
661 all @emph{loaded} options, faces and groups whose names match this
7b7fe29be670 (Easy Customization): Add "Browsing Custom" to menu.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67515
diff changeset
662 regular expression are set up in the customization buffer. If you
7b7fe29be670 (Easy Customization): Add "Browsing Custom" to menu.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67515
diff changeset
663 specify an empty regular expression, this includes @emph{all} groups,
7b7fe29be670 (Easy Customization): Add "Browsing Custom" to menu.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67515
diff changeset
664 options and faces (but that takes a long time).
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
666 @findex customize-changed-options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
667 When you upgrade to a new Emacs version, you might want to customize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
668 new options and options whose meanings or default values have changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
669 To do this, use @kbd{M-x customize-changed-options} and specify a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
670 previous Emacs version number using the minibuffer. It creates a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
671 customization buffer which shows all the options (and groups) whose
67682
7b7fe29be670 (Easy Customization): Add "Browsing Custom" to menu.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67515
diff changeset
672 definitions have been changed since the specified version. (Not just
7b7fe29be670 (Easy Customization): Add "Browsing Custom" to menu.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67515
diff changeset
673 those that are already loaded.)
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
675 @findex customize-saved
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
676 @findex customize-customized
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
677 If you change option values and then decide the change was a
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
678 mistake, you can use two special commands to revisit your previous
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
679 changes. Use @kbd{M-x customize-saved} to look at the options that
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
680 you have saved. Use @kbd{M-x customize-customized} to look at the
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
681 options that you have set but not saved.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
682
65335
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
683 @node Custom Themes
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
684 @subsection Customization Themes
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
685 @cindex custom themes
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
686
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
687 @dfn{Custom themes} are collections of customized options that can be
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
688 enabled or disabled as a unit. You can use Custom themes to switch
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
689 quickly and easily between various collections of settings, and to
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
690 transfer such collections from one computer to another.
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
691
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
692 @findex customize-create-theme
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
693 To define a Custom theme, use the command
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
694 @kbd{M-x customize-create-theme}, which brings up a buffer named
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
695 @samp{*New Custom Theme*}. At the top of the buffer is an editable
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
696 field where you can specify the name of the theme. To add a
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
697 customization option to the theme, click on the @samp{INS} button to
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
698 open up a field where you can insert the name of the option. The
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
699 current value of that option is applied to the theme. After adding as
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
700 many options as you like, click on @samp{Done} to save the Custom
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
701 theme.
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
702
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
703 @vindex custom-theme-directory
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
704 Saving a Custom theme named @var{foo} writes its definition into the
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
705 file @file{@var{foo}-theme.el}, in the directory @file{~/.emacs.d/}
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
706 (you can specify the directory by setting
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
707 @code{custom-theme-directory}).
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
708
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
709 @findex load-theme
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
710 @findex enable-theme
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
711 @findex disable-theme
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
712 You can load the themes you've previously defined with the command
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
713 @code{load-theme}. It prompts for a theme name in the minibuffer,
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
714 then loads that theme if it isn't already loaded. It also
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
715 @dfn{enables} the theme, which means putting its settings into effect.
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
716 An enabled theme can be @dfn{disabled} with the command
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
717 @kbd{M-x disable-theme}; this returns the options specified in the
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
718 theme to their original values. To re-enable the theme, use the
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
719 command @kbd{M-x enable-theme}.
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
720
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
721 To enable a Custom theme named @var{foo} whenever Emacs is started up,
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
722 add the line @code{(load-theme '@var{foo})} to your @file{.emacs} file
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
723 (@pxref{Init File}).
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
724
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
725 Enabling a custom theme does not disable the themes already enabled;
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
726 instead, they are all enabled together. If two enabled Custom themes
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
727 specify different values for an option, the last theme to be enabled
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
728 takes effect.
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
729
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
730 The options that you set in the ordinary customization buffer
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
731 (@pxref{Easy Customization}) are also considered part of a Custom
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
732 theme, called @samp{user}. The @samp{user} theme is always enabled,
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
733 and always takes precedence over all other enabled Custom themes.
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
734 Additionally, the @samp{user} theme is recorded in your @file{.emacs}
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
735 file, rather than a @file{user-theme.el} file.
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
736
58763
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
737 @node Variables
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
738 @section Variables
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
739 @cindex variable
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
740 @cindex option, user
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
741 @cindex user option
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
742
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
743 A @dfn{variable} is a Lisp symbol which has a value. The symbol's
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
744 name is also called the name of the variable. A variable name can
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
745 contain any characters that can appear in a file, but conventionally
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
746 variable names consist of words separated by hyphens. A variable can
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
747 have a documentation string which describes what kind of value it should
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
748 have and how the value will be used.
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
749
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
750 Lisp allows any variable to have any kind of value, but most variables
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
751 that Emacs uses need a value of a certain type. Often the value should
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
752 always be a string, or should always be a number. Sometimes we say that a
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
753 certain feature is turned on if a variable is ``non-@code{nil},'' meaning
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
754 that if the variable's value is @code{nil}, the feature is off, but the
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
755 feature is on for @emph{any} other value. The conventional value to use to
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
756 turn on the feature---since you have to pick one particular value when you
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
757 set the variable---is @code{t}.
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
758
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
759 Emacs uses many Lisp variables for internal record keeping, but the
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
760 most interesting variables for a non-programmer user are those that
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
761 are also @dfn{user options}, the variables that are meant for users to
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
762 change. Each user option that you can set with the customization
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
763 buffer is (if it is not a face) in fact a Lisp variable. Emacs does
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
764 not (usually) change the values of these variables; instead, you set
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
765 the values, and thereby alter and control the behavior of certain
59949
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
766 Emacs commands. Use of the customization buffer is explained above
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
767 (@pxref{Easy Customization}); here we describe other aspects of Emacs
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
768 variables.
58763
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
769
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
770 @menu
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
771 * Examining:: Examining or setting one variable's value.
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
772 * Hooks:: Hook variables let you specify programs for parts
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
773 of Emacs to run on particular occasions.
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
774 * Locals:: Per-buffer values of variables.
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
775 * File Variables:: How files can specify variable values.
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
776 @end menu
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
777
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
778 @node Examining
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
779 @subsection Examining and Setting Variables
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
780 @cindex setting variables
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
781
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
782 @table @kbd
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
783 @item C-h v @var{var} @key{RET}
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
784 Display the value and documentation of variable @var{var}
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
785 (@code{describe-variable}).
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
786 @item M-x set-variable @key{RET} @var{var} @key{RET} @var{value} @key{RET}
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
787 Change the value of variable @var{var} to @var{value}.
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
788 @end table
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
789
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
790 To examine the value of a single variable, use @kbd{C-h v}
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
791 (@code{describe-variable}), which reads a variable name using the
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
792 minibuffer, with completion. It displays both the value and the
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
793 documentation of the variable. For example,
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
794
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
795 @example
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
796 C-h v fill-column @key{RET}
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
797 @end example
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
798
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
799 @noindent
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
800 displays something like this:
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
801
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
802 @smallexample
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
803 fill-column's value is 70
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
804
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
805 Documentation:
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
806 *Column beyond which automatic line-wrapping should happen.
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
807 Automatically becomes buffer-local when set in any fashion.
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
808 @end smallexample
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
809
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
810 @noindent
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
811 The star at the beginning of the documentation indicates that this
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
812 variable is a user option. @kbd{C-h v} is not restricted to user
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
813 options; it allows any variable name.
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
814
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
815 @findex set-variable
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
816 The most convenient way to set a specific user option variable is
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
817 with @kbd{M-x set-variable}. This reads the variable name with the
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
818 minibuffer (with completion), and then reads a Lisp expression for the
66282
5f52c9ace731 (Examining): Mention accessing the old variable value via M-n in set-variable.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 65335
diff changeset
819 new value using the minibuffer a second time (you can insert the old
5f52c9ace731 (Examining): Mention accessing the old variable value via M-n in set-variable.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 65335
diff changeset
820 value into the minibuffer for editing via @kbd{M-n}). For example,
58763
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
821
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
822 @example
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
823 M-x set-variable @key{RET} fill-column @key{RET} 75 @key{RET}
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
824 @end example
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
825
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
826 @noindent
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
827 sets @code{fill-column} to 75.
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
828
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
829 @kbd{M-x set-variable} is limited to user option variables, but you can
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
830 set any variable with a Lisp expression, using the function @code{setq}.
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
831 Here is a @code{setq} expression to set @code{fill-column}:
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
832
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
833 @example
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
834 (setq fill-column 75)
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
835 @end example
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
836
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
837 To execute an expression like this one, go to the @samp{*scratch*}
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
838 buffer, type in the expression, and then type @kbd{C-j}. @xref{Lisp
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
839 Interaction}.
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
840
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
841 Setting variables, like all means of customizing Emacs except where
59949
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
842 otherwise stated, affects only the current Emacs session. The only
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
843 way to alter the variable in future sessions is to put something in
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
844 the @file{~/.emacs} file to set it those sessions (@pxref{Init File}).
58763
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
845
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
846 @node Hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
847 @subsection Hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
848 @cindex hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
849 @cindex running a hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
850
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
851 @dfn{Hooks} are an important mechanism for customization of Emacs. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
852 hook is a Lisp variable which holds a list of functions, to be called on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
853 some well-defined occasion. (This is called @dfn{running the hook}.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
854 The individual functions in the list are called the @dfn{hook functions}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
855 of the hook. With rare exceptions, hooks in Emacs are empty when Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
856 starts up, so the only hook functions in any given hook are the ones you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
857 explicitly put there as customization.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
859 Most major modes run one or more @dfn{mode hooks} as the last step of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
860 initialization. This makes it easy for you to customize the behavior of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
861 the mode, by setting up a hook function to override the local variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
862 assignments already made by the mode. But hooks are also used in other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
863 contexts. For example, the hook @code{suspend-hook} runs just before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
864 Emacs suspends itself (@pxref{Exiting}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
866 @cindex normal hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
867 Most Emacs hooks are @dfn{normal hooks}. This means that running the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
868 hook operates by calling all the hook functions, unconditionally, with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
869 no arguments. We have made an effort to keep most hooks normal so that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
870 you can use them in a uniform way. Every variable in Emacs whose name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
871 ends in @samp{-hook} is a normal hook.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
872
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
873 @cindex abnormal hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
874 There are also a few @dfn{abnormal hooks}. These variables' names end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
875 in @samp{-hooks} or @samp{-functions}, instead of @samp{-hook}. What
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
876 makes these hooks abnormal is that there is something peculiar about the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
877 way its functions are called---perhaps they are given arguments, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
878 perhaps the values they return are used in some way. For example,
45979
87962bf716e3 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 44783
diff changeset
879 @code{find-file-not-found-functions} (@pxref{Visiting}) is abnormal because
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
880 as soon as one hook function returns a non-@code{nil} value, the rest
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
881 are not called at all. The documentation of each abnormal hook variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
882 explains in detail what is peculiar about it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
883
57156
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
884 You can set a hook variable with @code{setq} like any other Lisp
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
885 variable, but the recommended way to add a hook function to a hook
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
886 (either normal or abnormal) is by calling @code{add-hook}. You can
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
887 specify any valid Lisp function as the hook function, provided it can
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
888 handle the proper number of arguments (zero arguments, in the case of
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
889 a normal hook). Of course, not every Lisp function is @emph{useful}
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
890 in any particular hook.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
892 For example, here's how to set up a hook to turn on Auto Fill mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
893 when entering Text mode and other modes based on Text mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
895 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
896 (add-hook 'text-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-fill)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
897 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
899 The next example shows how to use a hook to customize the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
900 of C code. (People often have strong personal preferences for one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
901 format compared to another.) Here the hook function is an anonymous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
902 lambda expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
904 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
905 @group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
906 (setq my-c-style
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
907 '((c-comment-only-line-offset . 4)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
908 @end group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
909 @group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
910 (c-cleanup-list . (scope-operator
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
911 empty-defun-braces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
912 defun-close-semi))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
913 @end group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
914 @group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
915 (c-offsets-alist . ((arglist-close . c-lineup-arglist)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
916 (substatement-open . 0)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
917 @end group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
918
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
919 @group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
920 (add-hook 'c-mode-common-hook
36593
4567e1729217 custom-buffer-done-function <- Custom-buffer-done
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36292
diff changeset
921 '(lambda ()
4567e1729217 custom-buffer-done-function <- Custom-buffer-done
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36292
diff changeset
922 (c-add-style "my-style" my-c-style t)))
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
923 @end group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
924 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
925
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
926 It is best to design your hook functions so that the order in which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
927 they are executed does not matter. Any dependence on the order is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
928 ``asking for trouble.'' However, the order is predictable: the most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
929 recently added hook functions are executed first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
930
57156
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
931 If you play with adding various different versions of a hook
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
932 function by calling @code{add-hook} over and over, remember that all
65031
177b0fcf58b9 (Minor Modes): Say that the list here is not complete.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 64890
diff changeset
933 the versions you added will remain in the hook variable together. You
177b0fcf58b9 (Minor Modes): Say that the list here is not complete.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 64890
diff changeset
934 can clear out individual functions with @code{remove-hook}, or do
177b0fcf58b9 (Minor Modes): Say that the list here is not complete.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 64890
diff changeset
935 @code{(setq @var{hook-variable} nil)} to remove everything.
57156
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
936
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
937 @node Locals
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
938 @subsection Local Variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
940 @table @kbd
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
941 @item M-x make-local-variable @key{RET} @var{var} @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
942 Make variable @var{var} have a local value in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
943 @item M-x kill-local-variable @key{RET} @var{var} @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
944 Make variable @var{var} use its global value in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
945 @item M-x make-variable-buffer-local @key{RET} @var{var} @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
946 Mark variable @var{var} so that setting it will make it local to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
947 buffer that is current at that time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
948 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
949
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
950 @cindex local variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
951 Almost any variable can be made @dfn{local} to a specific Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
952 buffer. This means that its value in that buffer is independent of its
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
953 value in other buffers. A few variables are always local in every
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
954 buffer. Every other Emacs variable has a @dfn{global} value which is in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
955 effect in all buffers that have not made the variable local.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
956
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
957 @findex make-local-variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
958 @kbd{M-x make-local-variable} reads the name of a variable and makes it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
959 local to the current buffer. Further changes in this buffer will not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
960 affect others, and further changes in the global value will not affect this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
961 buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
963 @findex make-variable-buffer-local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
964 @cindex per-buffer variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
965 @kbd{M-x make-variable-buffer-local} reads the name of a variable and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
966 changes the future behavior of the variable so that it will become local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
967 automatically when it is set. More precisely, once a variable has been
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
968 marked in this way, the usual ways of setting the variable automatically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
969 do @code{make-local-variable} first. We call such variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
970 @dfn{per-buffer} variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
972 Major modes (@pxref{Major Modes}) always make variables local to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
973 buffer before setting the variables. This is why changing major modes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
974 in one buffer has no effect on other buffers. Minor modes also work by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
975 setting variables---normally, each minor mode has one controlling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
976 variable which is non-@code{nil} when the mode is enabled (@pxref{Minor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
977 Modes}). For most minor modes, the controlling variable is per buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
979 Emacs contains a number of variables that are always per-buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
980 These include @code{abbrev-mode}, @code{auto-fill-function},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
981 @code{case-fold-search}, @code{comment-column}, @code{ctl-arrow},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
982 @code{fill-column}, @code{fill-prefix}, @code{indent-tabs-mode},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
983 @code{left-margin}, @code{mode-line-format}, @code{overwrite-mode},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
984 @code{selective-display-ellipses}, @code{selective-display},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
985 @code{tab-width}, and @code{truncate-lines}. Some other variables are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
986 always local in every buffer, but they are used for internal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
987 purposes.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
988
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
989 A few variables cannot be local to a buffer because they are always
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
990 local to each display instead (@pxref{Multiple Displays}). If you try to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
991 make one of these variables buffer-local, you'll get an error message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
992
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
993 @findex kill-local-variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
994 @kbd{M-x kill-local-variable} reads the name of a variable and makes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
995 it cease to be local to the current buffer. The global value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
996 variable henceforth is in effect in this buffer. Setting the major mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
997 kills all the local variables of the buffer except for a few variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
998 specially marked as @dfn{permanent locals}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1000 @findex setq-default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1001 To set the global value of a variable, regardless of whether the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1002 variable has a local value in the current buffer, you can use the Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1003 construct @code{setq-default}. This construct is used just like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1004 @code{setq}, but it sets variables' global values instead of their local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1005 values (if any). When the current buffer does have a local value, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1006 new global value may not be visible until you switch to another buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1007 Here is an example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1009 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1010 (setq-default fill-column 75)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1011 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1013 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1014 @code{setq-default} is the only way to set the global value of a variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1015 that has been marked with @code{make-variable-buffer-local}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1017 @findex default-value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1018 Lisp programs can use @code{default-value} to look at a variable's
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1019 default value. This function takes a symbol as argument and returns its
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1020 default value. The argument is evaluated; usually you must quote it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1021 explicitly. For example, here's how to obtain the default value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1022 @code{fill-column}:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1023
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1024 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1025 (default-value 'fill-column)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1026 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1027
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1028 @node File Variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1029 @subsection Local Variables in Files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1030 @cindex local variables in files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1031 @cindex file local variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1032
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1033 A file can specify local variable values for use when you edit the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1034 file with Emacs. Visiting the file checks for local variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1035 specifications; it automatically makes these variables local to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1036 buffer, and sets them to the values specified in the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1038 There are two ways to specify local variable values: in the first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1039 line, or with a local variables list. Here's how to specify them in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1040 first line:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1042 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1043 -*- mode: @var{modename}; @var{var}: @var{value}; @dots{} -*-
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1044 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1046 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1047 You can specify any number of variables/value pairs in this way, each
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1048 pair with a colon and semicolon as shown above. @code{mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1049 @var{modename};} specifies the major mode; this should come first in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1050 line. The @var{value}s are not evaluated; they are used literally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1051 Here is an example that specifies Lisp mode and sets two variables with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1052 numeric values:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1053
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1054 @smallexample
36632
1bfc2fad762a (File Variables): Fix a typo.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36593
diff changeset
1055 ;; -*- mode: Lisp; fill-column: 75; comment-column: 50; -*-
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1056 @end smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1058 You can also specify the coding system for a file in this way: just
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1059 specify a value for the ``variable'' named @code{coding}. The ``value''
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1060 must be a coding system name that Emacs recognizes. @xref{Coding
58624
a322009ca3d0 * custom.texi (File Variables): Add `unibyte' and make it more
Reiner Steib <Reiner.Steib@gmx.de>
parents: 57156
diff changeset
1061 Systems}. @w{@samp{unibyte: t}} specifies unibyte loading for a
a322009ca3d0 * custom.texi (File Variables): Add `unibyte' and make it more
Reiner Steib <Reiner.Steib@gmx.de>
parents: 57156
diff changeset
1062 particular Lisp file. @xref{Enabling Multibyte}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1063
34116
1c497211a58d Docment that `eval' can be used with local variables in the first
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31075
diff changeset
1064 The @code{eval} pseudo-variable, described below, can be specified in
1c497211a58d Docment that `eval' can be used with local variables in the first
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31075
diff changeset
1065 the first line as well.
1c497211a58d Docment that `eval' can be used with local variables in the first
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31075
diff changeset
1066
1c497211a58d Docment that `eval' can be used with local variables in the first
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31075
diff changeset
1067 @cindex shell scripts, and local file variables
1c497211a58d Docment that `eval' can be used with local variables in the first
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31075
diff changeset
1068 In shell scripts, the first line is used to identify the script
39263
343d48d4e64c Spelling corrections.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39161
diff changeset
1069 interpreter, so you cannot put any local variables there. To accommodate
34116
1c497211a58d Docment that `eval' can be used with local variables in the first
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31075
diff changeset
1070 for this, when Emacs visits a shell script, it looks for local variable
1c497211a58d Docment that `eval' can be used with local variables in the first
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31075
diff changeset
1071 specifications in the @emph{second} line.
1c497211a58d Docment that `eval' can be used with local variables in the first
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31075
diff changeset
1072
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1073 A @dfn{local variables list} goes near the end of the file, in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1074 last page. (It is often best to put it on a page by itself.) The local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1075 variables list starts with a line containing the string @samp{Local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1076 Variables:}, and ends with a line containing the string @samp{End:}. In
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1077 between come the variable names and values, one set per line, as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1078 @samp{@var{variable}:@: @var{value}}. The @var{value}s are not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1079 evaluated; they are used literally. If a file has both a local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1080 variables list and a @samp{-*-} line, Emacs processes @emph{everything}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1081 in the @samp{-*-} line first, and @emph{everything} in the local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1082 variables list afterward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1084 Here is an example of a local variables list:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1086 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1087 ;;; Local Variables: ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1088 ;;; mode:lisp ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1089 ;;; comment-column:0 ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1090 ;;; comment-start: ";;; " ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1091 ;;; comment-end:"***" ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1092 ;;; End: ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1093 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1094
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1095 As you see, each line starts with the prefix @samp{;;; } and each line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1096 ends with the suffix @samp{ ***}. Emacs recognizes these as the prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1097 and suffix based on the first line of the list, by finding them
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1098 surrounding the magic string @samp{Local Variables:}; then it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1099 automatically discards them from the other lines of the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1100
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1101 The usual reason for using a prefix and/or suffix is to embed the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1102 local variables list in a comment, so it won't confuse other programs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1103 that the file is intended as input for. The example above is for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1104 language where comment lines start with @samp{;;; } and end with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1105 @samp{***}; the local values for @code{comment-start} and
57156
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1106 @code{comment-end} customize the rest of Emacs for this unusual
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1107 syntax. Don't use a prefix (or a suffix) if you don't need one.
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1108
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1109 If you write a multi-line string value, you should put the prefix
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1110 and suffix on each line, even lines that start or end within the
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1111 string. They will be stripped off for processing the list. If you
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1112 want to split a long string across multiple lines of the file, you can
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1113 use backslash-newline, which is ignored in Lisp string constants.
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1114 Here's an example of doing this:
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1115
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1116 @example
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1117 # Local Variables:
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1118 # compile-command: "cc foo.c -Dfoo=bar -Dhack=whatever \
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1119 # -Dmumble=blaah"
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1120 # End:
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1121 @end example
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1122
58624
a322009ca3d0 * custom.texi (File Variables): Add `unibyte' and make it more
Reiner Steib <Reiner.Steib@gmx.de>
parents: 57156
diff changeset
1123 Some ``variable names'' have special meanings in a local variables
59192
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1124 list. Specifying the ``variable'' @code{mode} really sets the major
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1125 mode, while any value specified for the ``variable'' @code{eval} is
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1126 simply evaluated as an expression (its value is ignored). A value for
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1127 @code{coding} specifies the coding system for character code
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1128 conversion of this file, and a value of @code{t} for @code{unibyte}
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1129 says to visit the file in a unibyte buffer. These four ``variables''
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1130 are not really variables; setting them in any other context has no
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1131 special meaning.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1132
59192
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1133 @emph{If @code{mode} is used to set a major mode, it should be the
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1134 first ``variable'' in the list.} Otherwise, the entries that precede
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1135 it will usually be ignored, since most modes kill all local variables
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1136 as part of their initialization.
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1137
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1138 You can use the @code{mode} ``variable'' to set minor modes as well
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1139 as the major modes; in fact, you can use it more than once, first to
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1140 set the major mode and then to set minor modes which are specific to
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1141 particular buffers. But most minor modes should not be specified in
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1142 the file at all, regardless of how, because they represent user
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1143 preferences.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1145 For example, you may be tempted to try to turn on Auto Fill mode with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1146 a local variable list. That is a mistake. The choice of Auto Fill mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1147 or not is a matter of individual taste, not a matter of the contents of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1148 particular files. If you want to use Auto Fill, set up major mode hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1149 with your @file{.emacs} file to turn it on (when appropriate) for you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1150 alone (@pxref{Init File}). Don't use a local variable list to impose
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1151 your taste on everyone.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1153 The start of the local variables list must be no more than 3000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1154 characters from the end of the file, and must be in the last page if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1155 file is divided into pages. Otherwise, Emacs will not notice it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1156 there. The purpose of this rule is so that a stray @samp{Local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1157 Variables:}@: not in the last page does not confuse Emacs, and so that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1158 visiting a long file that is all one page and has no local variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1159 list need not take the time to search the whole file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1161 Use the command @code{normal-mode} to reset the local variables and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1162 major mode of a buffer according to the file name and contents,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1163 including the local variables list if any. @xref{Choosing Modes}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1165 @findex enable-local-variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1166 The variable @code{enable-local-variables} controls whether to process
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1167 local variables in files, and thus gives you a chance to override them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1168 Its default value is @code{t}, which means do process local variables in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1169 files. If you set the value to @code{nil}, Emacs simply ignores local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1170 variables in files. Any other value says to query you about each file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1171 that has local variables, showing you the local variable specifications
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1172 so you can judge.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1174 @findex enable-local-eval
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1175 The @code{eval} ``variable,'' and certain actual variables, create a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1176 special risk; when you visit someone else's file, local variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1177 specifications for these could affect your Emacs in arbitrary ways.
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
1178 Therefore, the variable @code{enable-local-eval} controls whether Emacs
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1179 processes @code{eval} variables, as well variables with names that end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1180 in @samp{-hook}, @samp{-hooks}, @samp{-function} or @samp{-functions},
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
1181 and certain other variables. The three possibilities for the variable's
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1182 value are @code{t}, @code{nil}, and anything else, just as for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1183 @code{enable-local-variables}. The default is @code{maybe}, which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1184 neither @code{t} nor @code{nil}, so normally Emacs does ask for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1185 confirmation about file settings for these variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1186
54723
326aa7651bd6 (File Variables): Add safe-local-eval-forms.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 52979
diff changeset
1187 @findex safe-local-eval-forms
326aa7651bd6 (File Variables): Add safe-local-eval-forms.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 52979
diff changeset
1188 The @code{safe-local-eval-forms} is a customizable list of eval
326aa7651bd6 (File Variables): Add safe-local-eval-forms.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 52979
diff changeset
1189 forms which are safe to eval, so Emacs should not ask for
326aa7651bd6 (File Variables): Add safe-local-eval-forms.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 52979
diff changeset
1190 confirmation to evaluate these forms, even if
326aa7651bd6 (File Variables): Add safe-local-eval-forms.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 52979
diff changeset
1191 @code{enable-local-variables} says to ask for confirmation in general.
326aa7651bd6 (File Variables): Add safe-local-eval-forms.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 52979
diff changeset
1192
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1193 @node Key Bindings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1194 @section Customizing Key Bindings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1195 @cindex key bindings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1197 This section describes @dfn{key bindings}, which map keys to commands,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1198 and @dfn{keymaps}, which record key bindings. It also explains how
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1199 to customize key bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1201 Recall that a command is a Lisp function whose definition provides for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1202 interactive use. Like every Lisp function, a command has a function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1203 name which usually consists of lower-case letters and hyphens.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1204
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1205 @menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1206 * Keymaps:: Generalities. The global keymap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1207 * Prefix Keymaps:: Keymaps for prefix keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1208 * Local Keymaps:: Major and minor modes have their own keymaps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1209 * Minibuffer Maps:: The minibuffer uses its own local keymaps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1210 * Rebinding:: How to redefine one key's meaning conveniently.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1211 * Init Rebinding:: Rebinding keys with your init file, @file{.emacs}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1212 * Function Keys:: Rebinding terminal function keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1213 * Named ASCII Chars:: Distinguishing @key{TAB} from @kbd{C-i}, and so on.
52979
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
1214 * Non-ASCII Rebinding:: Rebinding non-@acronym{ASCII} characters such as Latin-1.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1215 * Mouse Buttons:: Rebinding mouse buttons in Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1216 * Disabling:: Disabling a command means confirmation is required
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1217 before it can be executed. This is done to protect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1218 beginners from surprises.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1219 @end menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1221 @node Keymaps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1222 @subsection Keymaps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1223 @cindex keymap
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1225 The bindings between key sequences and command functions are recorded
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1226 in data structures called @dfn{keymaps}. Emacs has many of these, each
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1227 used on particular occasions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1229 Recall that a @dfn{key sequence} (@dfn{key}, for short) is a sequence
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1230 of @dfn{input events} that have a meaning as a unit. Input events
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1231 include characters, function keys and mouse buttons---all the inputs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1232 that you can send to the computer with your terminal. A key sequence
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1233 gets its meaning from its @dfn{binding}, which says what command it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1234 runs. The function of keymaps is to record these bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1235
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1236 @cindex global keymap
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1237 The @dfn{global} keymap is the most important keymap because it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1238 always in effect. The global keymap defines keys for Fundamental mode;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1239 most of these definitions are common to most or all major modes. Each
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1240 major or minor mode can have its own keymap which overrides the global
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1241 definitions of some keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1242
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1243 For example, a self-inserting character such as @kbd{g} is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1244 self-inserting because the global keymap binds it to the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1245 @code{self-insert-command}. The standard Emacs editing characters such
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1246 as @kbd{C-a} also get their standard meanings from the global keymap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1247 Commands to rebind keys, such as @kbd{M-x global-set-key}, actually work
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1248 by storing the new binding in the proper place in the global map.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1249 @xref{Rebinding}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1250
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1251 Meta characters work differently; Emacs translates each Meta
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1252 character into a pair of characters starting with @key{ESC}. When you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1253 type the character @kbd{M-a} in a key sequence, Emacs replaces it with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1254 @kbd{@key{ESC} a}. A meta key comes in as a single input event, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1255 becomes two events for purposes of key bindings. The reason for this is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1256 historical, and we might change it someday.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1258 @cindex function key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1259 Most modern keyboards have function keys as well as character keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1260 Function keys send input events just as character keys do, and keymaps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1261 can have bindings for them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1262
59949
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1263 On text terminals, typing a function key actually sends the computer a
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1264 sequence of characters; the precise details of the sequence depends on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1265 which function key and on the model of terminal you are using. (Often
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1266 the sequence starts with @kbd{@key{ESC} [}.) If Emacs understands your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1267 terminal type properly, it recognizes the character sequences forming
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1268 function keys wherever they occur in a key sequence (not just at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1269 beginning). Thus, for most purposes, you can pretend the function keys
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1270 reach Emacs directly and ignore their encoding as character sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1272 @cindex mouse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1273 Mouse buttons also produce input events. These events come with other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1274 data---the window and position where you pressed or released the button,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1275 and a time stamp. But only the choice of button matters for key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1276 bindings; the other data matters only if a command looks at it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1277 (Commands designed for mouse invocation usually do look at the other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1278 data.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1280 A keymap records definitions for single events. Interpreting a key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1281 sequence of multiple events involves a chain of keymaps. The first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1282 keymap gives a definition for the first event; this definition is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1283 another keymap, which is used to look up the second event in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1284 sequence, and so on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1285
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1286 Key sequences can mix function keys and characters. For example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1287 @kbd{C-x @key{SELECT}} is meaningful. If you make @key{SELECT} a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1288 key, then @kbd{@key{SELECT} C-n} makes sense. You can even mix mouse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1289 events with keyboard events, but we recommend against it, because such
37419
201fa171a6e2 Explain binding TAB etc using \t etc.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37354
diff changeset
1290 key sequences are inconvenient to use.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1291
37419
201fa171a6e2 Explain binding TAB etc using \t etc.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37354
diff changeset
1292 As a user, you can redefine any key; but it is usually best to stick
44783
c00838d6756f Explain C-c LETTER better.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44278
diff changeset
1293 to key sequences that consist of @kbd{C-c} followed by a letter (upper
c00838d6756f Explain C-c LETTER better.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44278
diff changeset
1294 or lower case). These keys are ``reserved for users,'' so they won't
c00838d6756f Explain C-c LETTER better.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44278
diff changeset
1295 conflict with any properly designed Emacs extension. The function
c00838d6756f Explain C-c LETTER better.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44278
diff changeset
1296 keys @key{F5} through @key{F9} are also reserved for users. If you
c00838d6756f Explain C-c LETTER better.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44278
diff changeset
1297 redefine some other key, your definition may be overridden by certain
c00838d6756f Explain C-c LETTER better.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44278
diff changeset
1298 extensions or major modes which redefine the same key.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1300 @node Prefix Keymaps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1301 @subsection Prefix Keymaps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1303 A prefix key such as @kbd{C-x} or @key{ESC} has its own keymap,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1304 which holds the definition for the event that immediately follows
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1305 that prefix.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1307 The definition of a prefix key is usually the keymap to use for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1308 looking up the following event. The definition can also be a Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1309 symbol whose function definition is the following keymap; the effect is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1310 the same, but it provides a command name for the prefix key that can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1311 used as a description of what the prefix key is for. Thus, the binding
67515
bcb381c5774c (Easy Customization): Change menu comment.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67445
diff changeset
1312 of @kbd{C-x} is the symbol @code{Control-X-prefix}, whose function
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1313 definition is the keymap for @kbd{C-x} commands. The definitions of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1314 @kbd{C-c}, @kbd{C-x}, @kbd{C-h} and @key{ESC} as prefix keys appear in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1315 the global map, so these prefix keys are always available.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1317 Aside from ordinary prefix keys, there is a fictitious ``prefix key''
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1318 which represents the menu bar; see @ref{Menu Bar,,,elisp, The Emacs Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1319 Reference Manual}, for special information about menu bar key bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1320 Mouse button events that invoke pop-up menus are also prefix keys; see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1321 @ref{Menu Keymaps,,,elisp, The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1322 details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1324 Some prefix keymaps are stored in variables with names:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1326 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1327 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1328 @vindex ctl-x-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1329 @code{ctl-x-map} is the variable name for the map used for characters that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1330 follow @kbd{C-x}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1331 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1332 @vindex help-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1333 @code{help-map} is for characters that follow @kbd{C-h}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1334 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1335 @vindex esc-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1336 @code{esc-map} is for characters that follow @key{ESC}. Thus, all Meta
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1337 characters are actually defined by this map.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1338 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1339 @vindex ctl-x-4-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1340 @code{ctl-x-4-map} is for characters that follow @kbd{C-x 4}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1341 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1342 @vindex mode-specific-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1343 @code{mode-specific-map} is for characters that follow @kbd{C-c}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1344 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1346 @node Local Keymaps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1347 @subsection Local Keymaps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1349 @cindex local keymap
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1350 So far we have explained the ins and outs of the global map. Major
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1351 modes customize Emacs by providing their own key bindings in @dfn{local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1352 keymaps}. For example, C mode overrides @key{TAB} to make it indent the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1353 current line for C code. Portions of text in the buffer can specify
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1354 their own keymaps to substitute for the keymap of the buffer's major
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1355 mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1357 @cindex minor mode keymap
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1358 Minor modes can also have local keymaps. Whenever a minor mode is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1359 in effect, the definitions in its keymap override both the major
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1360 mode's local keymap and the global keymap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1362 @vindex c-mode-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1363 @vindex lisp-mode-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1364 The local keymaps for Lisp mode and several other major modes always
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1365 exist even when not in use. These are kept in variables named
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1366 @code{lisp-mode-map} and so on. For major modes less often used, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1367 local keymap is normally constructed only when the mode is used for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1368 first time in a session. This is to save space. If you wish to change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1369 one of these keymaps, you must use the major mode's @dfn{mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1370 hook}---see below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1372 All minor mode keymaps are created in advance. There is no way to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1373 defer their creation until the first time the minor mode is enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1374
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1375 A local keymap can locally redefine a key as a prefix key by defining
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1376 it as a prefix keymap. If the key is also defined globally as a prefix,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1377 then its local and global definitions (both keymaps) effectively
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1378 combine: both of them are used to look up the event that follows the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1379 prefix key. Thus, if the mode's local keymap defines @kbd{C-c} as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1380 another keymap, and that keymap defines @kbd{C-z} as a command, this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1381 provides a local meaning for @kbd{C-c C-z}. This does not affect other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1382 sequences that start with @kbd{C-c}; if those sequences don't have their
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1383 own local bindings, their global bindings remain in effect.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1384
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1385 Another way to think of this is that Emacs handles a multi-event key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1386 sequence by looking in several keymaps, one by one, for a binding of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1387 whole key sequence. First it checks the minor mode keymaps for minor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1388 modes that are enabled, then it checks the major mode's keymap, and then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1389 it checks the global keymap. This is not precisely how key lookup
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1390 works, but it's good enough for understanding ordinary circumstances.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1391
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1392 @cindex rebinding major mode keys
26392
b3d3ff9a7a2c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1393 @findex define-key
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1394 To change the local bindings of a major mode, you must change the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1395 mode's local keymap. Normally you must wait until the first time the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1396 mode is used, because most major modes don't create their keymaps until
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1397 then. If you want to specify something in your @file{~/.emacs} file to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1398 change a major mode's bindings, you must use the mode's mode hook to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1399 delay the change until the mode is first used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1401 For example, the command @code{texinfo-mode} to select Texinfo mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1402 runs the hook @code{texinfo-mode-hook}. Here's how you can use the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1403 to add local bindings (not very useful, we admit) for @kbd{C-c n} and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1404 @kbd{C-c p} in Texinfo mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1406 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1407 (add-hook 'texinfo-mode-hook
36148
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
1408 '(lambda ()
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
1409 (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-cp"
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
1410 'backward-paragraph)
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
1411 (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-cn"
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
1412 'forward-paragraph)))
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1413 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1415 @xref{Hooks}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1417 @node Minibuffer Maps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1418 @subsection Minibuffer Keymaps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1420 @cindex minibuffer keymaps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1421 @vindex minibuffer-local-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1422 @vindex minibuffer-local-ns-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1423 @vindex minibuffer-local-completion-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1424 @vindex minibuffer-local-must-match-map
67445
5615161c1a95 (Minibuffer Maps): Mention the maps for file name completion.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67411
diff changeset
1425 @vindex minibuffer-local-filename-completion-map
5615161c1a95 (Minibuffer Maps): Mention the maps for file name completion.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67411
diff changeset
1426 @vindex minibuffer-local-must-match-filename-map
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1427 The minibuffer has its own set of local keymaps; they contain various
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1428 completion and exit commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1430 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1431 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1432 @code{minibuffer-local-map} is used for ordinary input (no completion).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1433 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1434 @code{minibuffer-local-ns-map} is similar, except that @key{SPC} exits
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1435 just like @key{RET}. This is used mainly for Mocklisp compatibility.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1436 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1437 @code{minibuffer-local-completion-map} is for permissive completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1438 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1439 @code{minibuffer-local-must-match-map} is for strict completion and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1440 for cautious completion.
67445
5615161c1a95 (Minibuffer Maps): Mention the maps for file name completion.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67411
diff changeset
1441 @item
5615161c1a95 (Minibuffer Maps): Mention the maps for file name completion.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67411
diff changeset
1442 @code{minibuffer-local-filename-completion-map} and
5615161c1a95 (Minibuffer Maps): Mention the maps for file name completion.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67411
diff changeset
1443 @code{minibuffer-local-must-match-filename-map} are like the two
5615161c1a95 (Minibuffer Maps): Mention the maps for file name completion.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67411
diff changeset
1444 previous ones, but they are specifically for file name completion.
5615161c1a95 (Minibuffer Maps): Mention the maps for file name completion.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67411
diff changeset
1445 They do not bind @key{SPC}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1446 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1448 @node Rebinding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1449 @subsection Changing Key Bindings Interactively
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1450 @cindex key rebinding, this session
36263
11db0318031d Remove redundant index entries.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36148
diff changeset
1451 @cindex redefining keys, this session
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1452
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1453 The way to redefine an Emacs key is to change its entry in a keymap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1454 You can change the global keymap, in which case the change is effective in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1455 all major modes (except those that have their own overriding local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1456 definitions for the same key). Or you can change the current buffer's
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1457 local map, which affects all buffers using the same major mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1458
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1459 @findex global-set-key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1460 @findex local-set-key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1461 @findex global-unset-key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1462 @findex local-unset-key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1463 @table @kbd
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1464 @item M-x global-set-key @key{RET} @var{key} @var{cmd} @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1465 Define @var{key} globally to run @var{cmd}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1466 @item M-x local-set-key @key{RET} @var{key} @var{cmd} @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1467 Define @var{key} locally (in the major mode now in effect) to run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1468 @var{cmd}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1469 @item M-x global-unset-key @key{RET} @var{key}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1470 Make @var{key} undefined in the global map.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1471 @item M-x local-unset-key @key{RET} @var{key}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1472 Make @var{key} undefined locally (in the major mode now in effect).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1473 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1474
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1475 For example, suppose you like to execute commands in a subshell within
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1476 an Emacs buffer, instead of suspending Emacs and executing commands in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1477 your login shell. Normally, @kbd{C-z} is bound to the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1478 @code{suspend-emacs} (when not using the X Window System), but you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1479 change @kbd{C-z} to invoke an interactive subshell within Emacs, by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1480 binding it to @code{shell} as follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1482 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1483 M-x global-set-key @key{RET} C-z shell @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1484 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1486 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1487 @code{global-set-key} reads the command name after the key. After you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1488 press the key, a message like this appears so that you can confirm that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1489 you are binding the key you want:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1491 @example
49600
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47535
diff changeset
1492 Set key C-z to command:
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1493 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1495 You can redefine function keys and mouse events in the same way; just
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1496 type the function key or click the mouse when it's time to specify the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1497 key to rebind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1499 You can rebind a key that contains more than one event in the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1500 way. Emacs keeps reading the key to rebind until it is a complete key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1501 (that is, not a prefix key). Thus, if you type @kbd{C-f} for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1502 @var{key}, that's the end; the minibuffer is entered immediately to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1503 read @var{cmd}. But if you type @kbd{C-x}, another character is read;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1504 if that is @kbd{4}, another character is read, and so on. For
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1505 example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1507 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1508 M-x global-set-key @key{RET} C-x 4 $ spell-other-window @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1509 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1511 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1512 redefines @kbd{C-x 4 $} to run the (fictitious) command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1513 @code{spell-other-window}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1515 The two-character keys consisting of @kbd{C-c} followed by a letter
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1516 are reserved for user customizations. Lisp programs are not supposed to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1517 define these keys, so the bindings you make for them will be available
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1518 in all major modes and will never get in the way of anything.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1520 You can remove the global definition of a key with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1521 @code{global-unset-key}. This makes the key @dfn{undefined}; if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1522 type it, Emacs will just beep. Similarly, @code{local-unset-key} makes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1523 a key undefined in the current major mode keymap, which makes the global
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1524 definition (or lack of one) come back into effect in that major mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1526 If you have redefined (or undefined) a key and you subsequently wish
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1527 to retract the change, undefining the key will not do the job---you need
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1528 to redefine the key with its standard definition. To find the name of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1529 the standard definition of a key, go to a Fundamental mode buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1530 use @kbd{C-h c}. The documentation of keys in this manual also lists
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1531 their command names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1533 If you want to prevent yourself from invoking a command by mistake, it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1534 is better to disable the command than to undefine the key. A disabled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1535 command is less work to invoke when you really want to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1536 @xref{Disabling}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1538 @node Init Rebinding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1539 @subsection Rebinding Keys in Your Init File
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1541 If you have a set of key bindings that you like to use all the time,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1542 you can specify them in your @file{.emacs} file by using their Lisp
26392
b3d3ff9a7a2c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1543 syntax. (@xref{Init File}.)
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1544
52979
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
1545 The simplest method for doing this works for @acronym{ASCII} characters and
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
1546 Meta-modified @acronym{ASCII} characters only. This method uses a string to
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1547 represent the key sequence you want to rebind. For example, here's how
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1548 to bind @kbd{C-z} to @code{shell}:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1550 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1551 (global-set-key "\C-z" 'shell)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1552 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1554 @noindent
59949
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1555 This example uses a string constant containing one character,
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1556 @kbd{C-z}. (@samp{\C-} is string syntax for a control character.) The
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1557 single-quote before the command name, @code{shell}, marks it as a
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1558 constant symbol rather than a variable. If you omit the quote, Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1559 would try to evaluate @code{shell} immediately as a variable. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1560 probably causes an error; it certainly isn't what you want.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1561
59949
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1562 Here is another example that binds the key sequence @kbd{C-x M-l}:
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1564 @example
59949
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1565 (global-set-key "\C-x\M-l" 'make-symbolic-link)
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1566 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1567
37419
201fa171a6e2 Explain binding TAB etc using \t etc.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37354
diff changeset
1568 To put @key{TAB}, @key{RET}, @key{ESC}, or @key{DEL} in the
201fa171a6e2 Explain binding TAB etc using \t etc.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37354
diff changeset
1569 string, you can use the Emacs Lisp escape sequences, @samp{\t},
201fa171a6e2 Explain binding TAB etc using \t etc.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37354
diff changeset
1570 @samp{\r}, @samp{\e}, and @samp{\d}. Here is an example which binds
201fa171a6e2 Explain binding TAB etc using \t etc.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37354
diff changeset
1571 @kbd{C-x @key{TAB}}:
201fa171a6e2 Explain binding TAB etc using \t etc.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37354
diff changeset
1572
201fa171a6e2 Explain binding TAB etc using \t etc.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37354
diff changeset
1573 @example
201fa171a6e2 Explain binding TAB etc using \t etc.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37354
diff changeset
1574 (global-set-key "\C-x\t" 'indent-rigidly)
201fa171a6e2 Explain binding TAB etc using \t etc.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37354
diff changeset
1575 @end example
201fa171a6e2 Explain binding TAB etc using \t etc.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37354
diff changeset
1576
52979
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
1577 These examples show how to write some other special @acronym{ASCII} characters
39161
10b97dddcb68 Show how to put more special ASCII characters
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39060
diff changeset
1578 in strings for key bindings:
10b97dddcb68 Show how to put more special ASCII characters
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39060
diff changeset
1579
10b97dddcb68 Show how to put more special ASCII characters
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39060
diff changeset
1580 @example
10b97dddcb68 Show how to put more special ASCII characters
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39060
diff changeset
1581 (global-set-key "\r" 'newline) ;; @key{RET}
10b97dddcb68 Show how to put more special ASCII characters
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39060
diff changeset
1582 (global-set-key "\d" 'delete-backward-char) ;; @key{DEL}
10b97dddcb68 Show how to put more special ASCII characters
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39060
diff changeset
1583 (global-set-key "\C-x\e\e" 'repeat-complex-command) ;; @key{ESC}
10b97dddcb68 Show how to put more special ASCII characters
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39060
diff changeset
1584 @end example
10b97dddcb68 Show how to put more special ASCII characters
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39060
diff changeset
1585
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1586 When the key sequence includes function keys or mouse button events,
52979
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
1587 or non-@acronym{ASCII} characters such as @code{C-=} or @code{H-a}, you must use
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1588 the more general method of rebinding, which uses a vector to specify the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1589 key sequence.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1591 The way to write a vector in Emacs Lisp is with square brackets around
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1592 the vector elements. Use spaces to separate the elements. If an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1593 element is a symbol, simply write the symbol's name---no other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1594 delimiters or punctuation are needed. If a vector element is a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1595 character, write it as a Lisp character constant: @samp{?} followed by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1596 the character as it would appear in a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1598 Here are examples of using vectors to rebind @kbd{C-=} (a control
52979
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
1599 character not in @acronym{ASCII}), @kbd{C-M-=} (not in @acronym{ASCII} because @kbd{C-=}
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
1600 is not), @kbd{H-a} (a Hyper character; @acronym{ASCII} doesn't have Hyper at
38744
d7121931b3ba Show example of specifying C-M-= in Lisp.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
1601 all), @key{F7} (a function key), and @kbd{C-Mouse-1} (a
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1602 keyboard-modified mouse button):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1604 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1605 (global-set-key [?\C-=] 'make-symbolic-link)
38744
d7121931b3ba Show example of specifying C-M-= in Lisp.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
1606 (global-set-key [?\M-\C-=] 'make-symbolic-link)
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1607 (global-set-key [?\H-a] 'make-symbolic-link)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1608 (global-set-key [f7] 'make-symbolic-link)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1609 (global-set-key [C-mouse-1] 'make-symbolic-link)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1610 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1611
39161
10b97dddcb68 Show how to put more special ASCII characters
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39060
diff changeset
1612 You can use a vector for the simple cases too. Here's how to
59949
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1613 rewrite the first six examples above to use vectors:
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1615 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1616 (global-set-key [?\C-z] 'shell)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1617 (global-set-key [?\C-x ?l] 'make-symbolic-link)
37419
201fa171a6e2 Explain binding TAB etc using \t etc.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37354
diff changeset
1618 (global-set-key [?\C-x ?\t] 'indent-rigidly)
39161
10b97dddcb68 Show how to put more special ASCII characters
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39060
diff changeset
1619 (global-set-key [?\r] 'newline)
10b97dddcb68 Show how to put more special ASCII characters
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39060
diff changeset
1620 (global-set-key [?\d] 'delete-backward-char)
10b97dddcb68 Show how to put more special ASCII characters
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39060
diff changeset
1621 (global-set-key [?\C-x ?\e ?\e] 'repeat-complex-command)
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1622 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1623
39161
10b97dddcb68 Show how to put more special ASCII characters
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39060
diff changeset
1624 @noindent
10b97dddcb68 Show how to put more special ASCII characters
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39060
diff changeset
1625 As you see, you represent a multi-character key sequence with a vector
59949
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1626 by listing all of the characters in order within the square brackets that
39161
10b97dddcb68 Show how to put more special ASCII characters
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39060
diff changeset
1627 delimit the vector.
10b97dddcb68 Show how to put more special ASCII characters
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39060
diff changeset
1628
51448
596b12c24475 (Init Rebinding): Replace previous change with xref.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 51274
diff changeset
1629 Language and coding systems can cause problems with key bindings
52979
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
1630 for non-@acronym{ASCII} characters. @xref{Non-ASCII Rebinding}.
51274
78a8be5d896c (Init Rebinding): Xref Non-ASCII Rebinding, for
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 50696
diff changeset
1631
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1632 @node Function Keys
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1633 @subsection Rebinding Function Keys
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1635 Key sequences can contain function keys as well as ordinary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1636 characters. Just as Lisp characters (actually integers) represent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1637 keyboard characters, Lisp symbols represent function keys. If the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1638 function key has a word as its label, then that word is also the name of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1639 the corresponding Lisp symbol. Here are the conventional Lisp names for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1640 common function keys:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1642 @table @asis
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1643 @item @code{left}, @code{up}, @code{right}, @code{down}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1644 Cursor arrow keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1645
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1646 @item @code{begin}, @code{end}, @code{home}, @code{next}, @code{prior}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1647 Other cursor repositioning keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1648
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1649 @item @code{select}, @code{print}, @code{execute}, @code{backtab}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1650 @itemx @code{insert}, @code{undo}, @code{redo}, @code{clearline}
37977
5ff6cac52888 Update Customization buffer examples
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37976
diff changeset
1651 @itemx @code{insertline}, @code{deleteline}, @code{insertchar}, @code{deletechar}
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1652 Miscellaneous function keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1654 @item @code{f1}, @code{f2}, @dots{} @code{f35}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1655 Numbered function keys (across the top of the keyboard).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1657 @item @code{kp-add}, @code{kp-subtract}, @code{kp-multiply}, @code{kp-divide}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1658 @itemx @code{kp-backtab}, @code{kp-space}, @code{kp-tab}, @code{kp-enter}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1659 @itemx @code{kp-separator}, @code{kp-decimal}, @code{kp-equal}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1660 Keypad keys (to the right of the regular keyboard), with names or punctuation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1662 @item @code{kp-0}, @code{kp-1}, @dots{} @code{kp-9}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1663 Keypad keys with digits.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1665 @item @code{kp-f1}, @code{kp-f2}, @code{kp-f3}, @code{kp-f4}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1666 Keypad PF keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1667 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1669 These names are conventional, but some systems (especially when using
35188
94d46968a93f Don't say "X Windows". From Colin Walters <walters@cis.ohio-state.edu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34151
diff changeset
1670 X) may use different names. To make certain what symbol is used for a
94d46968a93f Don't say "X Windows". From Colin Walters <walters@cis.ohio-state.edu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34151
diff changeset
1671 given function key on your terminal, type @kbd{C-h c} followed by that
94d46968a93f Don't say "X Windows". From Colin Walters <walters@cis.ohio-state.edu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34151
diff changeset
1672 key.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1673
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1674 A key sequence which contains function key symbols (or anything but
59949
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1675 @acronym{ASCII} characters) must be a vector rather than a string.
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1676 Thus, to bind function key @samp{f1} to the command @code{rmail},
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1677 write the following:
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1679 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1680 (global-set-key [f1] 'rmail)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1681 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1683 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1684 To bind the right-arrow key to the command @code{forward-char}, you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1685 use this expression:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1687 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1688 (global-set-key [right] 'forward-char)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1689 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1691 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1692 This uses the Lisp syntax for a vector containing the symbol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1693 @code{right}. (This binding is present in Emacs by default.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1695 @xref{Init Rebinding}, for more information about using vectors for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1696 rebinding.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1698 You can mix function keys and characters in a key sequence. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1699 example binds @kbd{C-x @key{NEXT}} to the command @code{forward-page}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1700
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1701 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1702 (global-set-key [?\C-x next] 'forward-page)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1703 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1704
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1705 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1706 where @code{?\C-x} is the Lisp character constant for the character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1707 @kbd{C-x}. The vector element @code{next} is a symbol and therefore
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1708 does not take a question mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1710 You can use the modifier keys @key{CTRL}, @key{META}, @key{HYPER},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1711 @key{SUPER}, @key{ALT} and @key{SHIFT} with function keys. To represent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1712 these modifiers, add the strings @samp{C-}, @samp{M-}, @samp{H-},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1713 @samp{s-}, @samp{A-} and @samp{S-} at the front of the symbol name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1714 Thus, here is how to make @kbd{Hyper-Meta-@key{RIGHT}} move forward a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1715 word:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1716
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1717 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1718 (global-set-key [H-M-right] 'forward-word)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1719 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1720
61051
a45405053cb1 (Function Keys): Document kp- event types and keypad-setup package.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 60423
diff changeset
1721 @cindex keypad
a45405053cb1 (Function Keys): Document kp- event types and keypad-setup package.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 60423
diff changeset
1722 Many keyboards have a ``numeric keypad'' on the right hand side.
a45405053cb1 (Function Keys): Document kp- event types and keypad-setup package.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 60423
diff changeset
1723 The numeric keys in the keypad double up as cursor motion keys,
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
1724 toggled by a key labeled @samp{Num Lock}. By default, Emacs
65031
177b0fcf58b9 (Minor Modes): Say that the list here is not complete.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 64890
diff changeset
1725 translates these keys to the corresponding keys in the main keyboard.
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
1726 For example, when @samp{Num Lock} is on, the key labeled @samp{8} on
65031
177b0fcf58b9 (Minor Modes): Say that the list here is not complete.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 64890
diff changeset
1727 the numeric keypad produces @code{kp-8}, which is translated to
177b0fcf58b9 (Minor Modes): Say that the list here is not complete.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 64890
diff changeset
1728 @kbd{8}; when @samp{Num Lock} is off, the same key produces
177b0fcf58b9 (Minor Modes): Say that the list here is not complete.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 64890
diff changeset
1729 @code{kp-up}, which is translated to @key{UP}. If you rebind a key
177b0fcf58b9 (Minor Modes): Say that the list here is not complete.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 64890
diff changeset
1730 such as @kbd{8} or @key{UP}, it affects the equivalent keypad key too.
177b0fcf58b9 (Minor Modes): Say that the list here is not complete.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 64890
diff changeset
1731 However, if you rebind a @samp{kp-} key directly, that won't affect
177b0fcf58b9 (Minor Modes): Say that the list here is not complete.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 64890
diff changeset
1732 its non-keypad equivalent.
61051
a45405053cb1 (Function Keys): Document kp- event types and keypad-setup package.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 60423
diff changeset
1733
a45405053cb1 (Function Keys): Document kp- event types and keypad-setup package.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 60423
diff changeset
1734 Emacs provides a convenient method for binding the numeric keypad
a45405053cb1 (Function Keys): Document kp- event types and keypad-setup package.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 60423
diff changeset
1735 keys, using the variables @code{keypad-setup},
a45405053cb1 (Function Keys): Document kp- event types and keypad-setup package.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 60423
diff changeset
1736 @code{keypad-numlock-setup}, @code{keypad-shifted-setup}, and
a45405053cb1 (Function Keys): Document kp- event types and keypad-setup package.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 60423
diff changeset
1737 @code{keypad-numlock-shifted-setup}. These can be found in the
a45405053cb1 (Function Keys): Document kp- event types and keypad-setup package.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 60423
diff changeset
1738 @samp{keyboard} customization group (@pxref{Easy Customization}). You
a45405053cb1 (Function Keys): Document kp- event types and keypad-setup package.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 60423
diff changeset
1739 can rebind the keys to perform other tasks, such as issuing numeric
a45405053cb1 (Function Keys): Document kp- event types and keypad-setup package.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 60423
diff changeset
1740 prefix arguments.
a45405053cb1 (Function Keys): Document kp- event types and keypad-setup package.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 60423
diff changeset
1741
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1742 @node Named ASCII Chars
52979
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
1743 @subsection Named @acronym{ASCII} Control Characters
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1745 @key{TAB}, @key{RET}, @key{BS}, @key{LFD}, @key{ESC} and @key{DEL}
59949
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1746 started out as names for certain @acronym{ASCII} control characters,
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1747 used so often that they have special keys of their own. For instance,
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1748 @key{TAB} was another name for @kbd{C-i}. Later, users found it
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1749 convenient to distinguish in Emacs between these keys and the ``same''
59949
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1750 control characters typed with the @key{CTRL} key. Therefore, on most
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1751 modern terminals, they are no longer the same, and @key{TAB} is
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1752 distinguishable from @kbd{C-i}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1753
59949
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1754 Emacs can distinguish these two kinds of input if the keyboard does.
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1755 It treats the ``special'' keys as function keys named @code{tab},
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1756 @code{return}, @code{backspace}, @code{linefeed}, @code{escape}, and
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1757 @code{delete}. These function keys translate automatically into the
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1758 corresponding @acronym{ASCII} characters @emph{if} they have no
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1759 bindings of their own. As a result, neither users nor Lisp programs
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1760 need to pay attention to the distinction unless they care to.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1762 If you do not want to distinguish between (for example) @key{TAB} and
52979
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
1763 @kbd{C-i}, make just one binding, for the @acronym{ASCII} character @key{TAB}
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1764 (octal code 011). If you do want to distinguish, make one binding for
52979
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
1765 this @acronym{ASCII} character, and another for the ``function key'' @code{tab}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1766
52979
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
1767 With an ordinary @acronym{ASCII} terminal, there is no way to distinguish
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1768 between @key{TAB} and @kbd{C-i} (and likewise for other such pairs),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1769 because the terminal sends the same character in both cases.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1771 @node Non-ASCII Rebinding
52979
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
1772 @subsection Non-@acronym{ASCII} Characters on the Keyboard
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
1773 @cindex rebinding non-@acronym{ASCII} keys
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
1774 @cindex non-@acronym{ASCII} keys, binding
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1775
56690
d699954ad4c6 (Non-ASCII Rebinding):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56165
diff changeset
1776 If your keyboard has keys that send non-@acronym{ASCII}
d699954ad4c6 (Non-ASCII Rebinding):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56165
diff changeset
1777 characters, such as accented letters, rebinding these keys
d699954ad4c6 (Non-ASCII Rebinding):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56165
diff changeset
1778 must be done by using a vector like this@footnote{Note that
d699954ad4c6 (Non-ASCII Rebinding):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56165
diff changeset
1779 you should avoid the string syntax for binding
d699954ad4c6 (Non-ASCII Rebinding):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56165
diff changeset
1780 non-@acronym{ASCII} characters, since they will be
d699954ad4c6 (Non-ASCII Rebinding):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56165
diff changeset
1781 interpreted as meta keys. @xref{Strings of Events,,,elisp,
d699954ad4c6 (Non-ASCII Rebinding):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56165
diff changeset
1782 The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.}:
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1783
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1784 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1785 (global-set-key [?@var{char}] 'some-function)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1786 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1788 @noindent
36632
1bfc2fad762a (File Variables): Fix a typo.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36593
diff changeset
1789 Type @kbd{C-q} followed by the key you want to bind, to insert @var{char}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1790
56690
d699954ad4c6 (Non-ASCII Rebinding):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56165
diff changeset
1791 Since this puts a non-@acronym{ASCII} character in the @file{.emacs},
57156
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1792 you should specify a coding system for that file that supports the
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1793 character in question. @xref{Init Syntax}.
51448
596b12c24475 (Init Rebinding): Replace previous change with xref.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 51274
diff changeset
1794
57156
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1795 @strong{Warning:} if you change the keyboard encoding, or change
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1796 between multibyte and unibyte mode, or anything that would alter which
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1797 code @kbd{C-q} would insert for that character, you'll need to edit
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1798 the Lisp expression accordingly, to use the character code generated
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1799 by @kbd{C-q} in the new mode.
27218
ff77115434db Doc recent changes in Custom.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26392
diff changeset
1800
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1801 @node Mouse Buttons
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1802 @subsection Rebinding Mouse Buttons
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1803 @cindex mouse button events
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1804 @cindex rebinding mouse buttons
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1805 @cindex click events
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1806 @cindex drag events
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1807 @cindex down events
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1808 @cindex button down events
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1810 Emacs uses Lisp symbols to designate mouse buttons, too. The ordinary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1811 mouse events in Emacs are @dfn{click} events; these happen when you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1812 press a button and release it without moving the mouse. You can also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1813 get @dfn{drag} events, when you move the mouse while holding the button
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1814 down. Drag events happen when you finally let go of the button.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1815
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1816 The symbols for basic click events are @code{mouse-1} for the leftmost
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1817 button, @code{mouse-2} for the next, and so on. Here is how you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1818 redefine the second mouse button to split the current window:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1820 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1821 (global-set-key [mouse-2] 'split-window-vertically)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1822 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1824 The symbols for drag events are similar, but have the prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1825 @samp{drag-} before the word @samp{mouse}. For example, dragging the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1826 first button generates a @code{drag-mouse-1} event.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1827
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1828 You can also define bindings for events that occur when a mouse button
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1829 is pressed down. These events start with @samp{down-} instead of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1830 @samp{drag-}. Such events are generated only if they have key bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1831 When you get a button-down event, a corresponding click or drag event
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1832 will always follow.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1834 @cindex double clicks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1835 @cindex triple clicks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1836 If you wish, you can distinguish single, double, and triple clicks. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1837 double click means clicking a mouse button twice in approximately the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1838 same place. The first click generates an ordinary click event. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1839 second click, if it comes soon enough, generates a double-click event
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1840 instead. The event type for a double-click event starts with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1841 @samp{double-}: for example, @code{double-mouse-3}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1842
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1843 This means that you can give a special meaning to the second click at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1844 the same place, but it must act on the assumption that the ordinary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1845 single click definition has run when the first click was received.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1846
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1847 This constrains what you can do with double clicks, but user interface
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1848 designers say that this constraint ought to be followed in any case. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1849 double click should do something similar to the single click, only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1850 ``more so.'' The command for the double-click event should perform the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1851 extra work for the double click.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1853 If a double-click event has no binding, it changes to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1854 corresponding single-click event. Thus, if you don't define a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1855 particular double click specially, it executes the single-click command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1856 twice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1858 Emacs also supports triple-click events whose names start with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1859 @samp{triple-}. Emacs does not distinguish quadruple clicks as event
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1860 types; clicks beyond the third generate additional triple-click events.
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
1861 However, the full number of clicks is recorded in the event list, so
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
1862 if you know Emacs Lisp you can distinguish if you really want to
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
1863 (@pxref{Accessing Events,,, elisp, The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}).
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
1864 We don't recommend distinct meanings for more than three clicks, but
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
1865 sometimes it is useful for subsequent clicks to cycle through the same
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
1866 set of three meanings, so that four clicks are equivalent to one
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
1867 click, five are equivalent to two, and six are equivalent to three.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1869 Emacs also records multiple presses in drag and button-down events.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1870 For example, when you press a button twice, then move the mouse while
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1871 holding the button, Emacs gets a @samp{double-drag-} event. And at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1872 moment when you press it down for the second time, Emacs gets a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1873 @samp{double-down-} event (which is ignored, like all button-down
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1874 events, if it has no binding).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1876 @vindex double-click-time
38744
d7121931b3ba Show example of specifying C-M-= in Lisp.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
1877 The variable @code{double-click-time} specifies how much time can
d7121931b3ba Show example of specifying C-M-= in Lisp.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
1878 elapse between clicks and still allow them to be grouped as a multiple
d7121931b3ba Show example of specifying C-M-= in Lisp.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
1879 click. Its value is in units of milliseconds. If the value is
d7121931b3ba Show example of specifying C-M-= in Lisp.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
1880 @code{nil}, double clicks are not detected at all. If the value is
38771
3e5c99acf21a (Mouse Buttons): Document the default values for double-click-time
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38744
diff changeset
1881 @code{t}, then there is no time limit. The default is 500.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1882
38605
f99d2e5ee830 Add description of double-click-fuzz.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38376
diff changeset
1883 @vindex double-click-fuzz
f99d2e5ee830 Add description of double-click-fuzz.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38376
diff changeset
1884 The variable @code{double-click-fuzz} specifies how much the mouse
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
1885 can move between clicks and still allow them to be grouped as a multiple
39060
07afb71a874e (Mouse Buttons): Document the different units of double-click-fuzz
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38870
diff changeset
1886 click. Its value is in units of pixels on windowed displays and in
07afb71a874e (Mouse Buttons): Document the different units of double-click-fuzz
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38870
diff changeset
1887 units of 1/8 of a character cell on text-mode terminals; the default is
07afb71a874e (Mouse Buttons): Document the different units of double-click-fuzz
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38870
diff changeset
1888 3.
38605
f99d2e5ee830 Add description of double-click-fuzz.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38376
diff changeset
1889
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1890 The symbols for mouse events also indicate the status of the modifier
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1891 keys, with the usual prefixes @samp{C-}, @samp{M-}, @samp{H-},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1892 @samp{s-}, @samp{A-} and @samp{S-}. These always precede @samp{double-}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1893 or @samp{triple-}, which always precede @samp{drag-} or @samp{down-}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1895 A frame includes areas that don't show text from the buffer, such as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1896 the mode line and the scroll bar. You can tell whether a mouse button
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1897 comes from a special area of the screen by means of dummy ``prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1898 keys.'' For example, if you click the mouse in the mode line, you get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1899 the prefix key @code{mode-line} before the ordinary mouse-button symbol.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1900 Thus, here is how to define the command for clicking the first button in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1901 a mode line to run @code{scroll-up}:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1902
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1903 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1904 (global-set-key [mode-line mouse-1] 'scroll-up)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1905 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1907 Here is the complete list of these dummy prefix keys and their
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1908 meanings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1909
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1910 @table @code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1911 @item mode-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1912 The mouse was in the mode line of a window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1913 @item vertical-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1914 The mouse was in the vertical line separating side-by-side windows. (If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1915 you use scroll bars, they appear in place of these vertical lines.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1916 @item vertical-scroll-bar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1917 The mouse was in a vertical scroll bar. (This is the only kind of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1918 scroll bar Emacs currently supports.)
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
1919 @item menu-bar
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
1920 The mouse was in the menu bar.
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
1921 @item header-line
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
1922 The mouse was in a header line.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1923 @ignore
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1924 @item horizontal-scroll-bar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1925 The mouse was in a horizontal scroll bar. Horizontal scroll bars do
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1926 horizontal scrolling, and people don't use them often.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1927 @end ignore
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1928 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1930 You can put more than one mouse button in a key sequence, but it isn't
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1931 usual to do so.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1933 @node Disabling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1934 @subsection Disabling Commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1935 @cindex disabled command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1936
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1937 Disabling a command marks the command as requiring confirmation before it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1938 can be executed. The purpose of disabling a command is to prevent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1939 beginning users from executing it by accident and being confused.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1941 An attempt to invoke a disabled command interactively in Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1942 displays a window containing the command's name, its documentation, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1943 some instructions on what to do immediately; then Emacs asks for input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1944 saying whether to execute the command as requested, enable it and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1945 execute it, or cancel. If you decide to enable the command, you are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1946 asked whether to do this permanently or just for the current session.
37977
5ff6cac52888 Update Customization buffer examples
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37976
diff changeset
1947 (Enabling permanently works by automatically editing your @file{.emacs}
5ff6cac52888 Update Customization buffer examples
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37976
diff changeset
1948 file.) You can also type @kbd{!} to enable @emph{all} commands,
5ff6cac52888 Update Customization buffer examples
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37976
diff changeset
1949 for the current session only.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1951 The direct mechanism for disabling a command is to put a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1952 non-@code{nil} @code{disabled} property on the Lisp symbol for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1953 command. Here is the Lisp program to do this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1955 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1956 (put 'delete-region 'disabled t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1957 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1959 If the value of the @code{disabled} property is a string, that string
38870
d44abb4e68b2 Don't use "print" for displaying a message.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38791
diff changeset
1960 is included in the message displayed when the command is used:
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1962 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1963 (put 'delete-region 'disabled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1964 "It's better to use `kill-region' instead.\n")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1965 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1966
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1967 @findex disable-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1968 @findex enable-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1969 You can make a command disabled either by editing the @file{.emacs}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1970 file directly or with the command @kbd{M-x disable-command}, which edits
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1971 the @file{.emacs} file for you. Likewise, @kbd{M-x enable-command}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1972 edits @file{.emacs} to enable a command permanently. @xref{Init File}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1973
43062
c9d1c7655c9f (Disabling): Document that .emacs is not edited from "emacs -q".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43038
diff changeset
1974 If Emacs was invoked with the @option{-q} or @option{--no-init-file}
c9d1c7655c9f (Disabling): Document that .emacs is not edited from "emacs -q".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43038
diff changeset
1975 options (@pxref{Initial Options}), it will not edit your
c9d1c7655c9f (Disabling): Document that .emacs is not edited from "emacs -q".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43038
diff changeset
1976 @file{~/.emacs} init file. This is because editing the init file from
c9d1c7655c9f (Disabling): Document that .emacs is not edited from "emacs -q".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43038
diff changeset
1977 such a session might overwrite the lines you might have on your init
c9d1c7655c9f (Disabling): Document that .emacs is not edited from "emacs -q".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43038
diff changeset
1978 file which enable and disable commands.
c9d1c7655c9f (Disabling): Document that .emacs is not edited from "emacs -q".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43038
diff changeset
1979
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1980 Whether a command is disabled is independent of what key is used to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1981 invoke it; disabling also applies if the command is invoked using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1982 @kbd{M-x}. Disabling a command has no effect on calling it as a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1983 function from Lisp programs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1984
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1985 @node Syntax
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1986 @section The Syntax Table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1987 @cindex syntax table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1988
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1989 All the Emacs commands which parse words or balance parentheses are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1990 controlled by the @dfn{syntax table}. The syntax table says which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1991 characters are opening delimiters, which are parts of words, which are
37122
a34d1e2a580f Correct syntax table data structure. Other clarifications about
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36656
diff changeset
1992 string quotes, and so on. It does this by assigning each character to
a34d1e2a580f Correct syntax table data structure. Other clarifications about
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36656
diff changeset
1993 one of fifteen-odd @dfn{syntax classes}. In some cases it specifies
a34d1e2a580f Correct syntax table data structure. Other clarifications about
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36656
diff changeset
1994 some additional information also.
a34d1e2a580f Correct syntax table data structure. Other clarifications about
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36656
diff changeset
1995
38114
4face9462576 Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37977
diff changeset
1996 Each major mode has its own syntax table (though related major modes
4face9462576 Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37977
diff changeset
1997 sometimes share one syntax table) which it installs in each buffer
37122
a34d1e2a580f Correct syntax table data structure. Other clarifications about
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36656
diff changeset
1998 that uses the mode. The syntax table installed in the current buffer
a34d1e2a580f Correct syntax table data structure. Other clarifications about
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36656
diff changeset
1999 is the one that all commands use, so we call it ``the'' syntax table.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2001 @kindex C-h s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2002 @findex describe-syntax
37122
a34d1e2a580f Correct syntax table data structure. Other clarifications about
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36656
diff changeset
2003 To display a description of the contents of the current syntax
a34d1e2a580f Correct syntax table data structure. Other clarifications about
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36656
diff changeset
2004 table, type @kbd{C-h s} (@code{describe-syntax}). The description of
a34d1e2a580f Correct syntax table data structure. Other clarifications about
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36656
diff changeset
2005 each character includes both the string you would have to give to
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2006 @code{modify-syntax-entry} to set up that character's current syntax,
37122
a34d1e2a580f Correct syntax table data structure. Other clarifications about
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36656
diff changeset
2007 starting with the character which designates its syntax class, plus
a34d1e2a580f Correct syntax table data structure. Other clarifications about
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36656
diff changeset
2008 some English text to explain its meaning.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2009
37122
a34d1e2a580f Correct syntax table data structure. Other clarifications about
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36656
diff changeset
2010 A syntax table is actually a Lisp object, a char-table, whose
a34d1e2a580f Correct syntax table data structure. Other clarifications about
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36656
diff changeset
2011 elements are cons cells. For full information on the syntax table,
a34d1e2a580f Correct syntax table data structure. Other clarifications about
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36656
diff changeset
2012 see @ref{Syntax Tables,, Syntax Tables, elisp, The Emacs Lisp
a34d1e2a580f Correct syntax table data structure. Other clarifications about
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36656
diff changeset
2013 Reference Manual}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2015 @node Init File
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2016 @section The Init File, @file{~/.emacs}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2017 @cindex init file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2018 @cindex Emacs initialization file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2019 @cindex key rebinding, permanent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2020 @cindex rebinding keys, permanently
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2021 @cindex startup (init file)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2022
59949
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
2023 When Emacs is started, it normally loads a Lisp program from the
66544
142b6109f5b7 Document ~/.emacs.d/init.el
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 66340
diff changeset
2024 file @file{.emacs} or @file{.emacs.el} in your home directory. We
142b6109f5b7 Document ~/.emacs.d/init.el
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 66340
diff changeset
2025 call this file your @dfn{init file} because it specifies how to
142b6109f5b7 Document ~/.emacs.d/init.el
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 66340
diff changeset
2026 initialize Emacs for you. You can use the command line switch
142b6109f5b7 Document ~/.emacs.d/init.el
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 66340
diff changeset
2027 @samp{-q} to prevent loading your init file, and @samp{-u} (or
142b6109f5b7 Document ~/.emacs.d/init.el
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 66340
diff changeset
2028 @samp{--user}) to specify a different user's init file (@pxref{Initial
142b6109f5b7 Document ~/.emacs.d/init.el
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 66340
diff changeset
2029 Options}).
142b6109f5b7 Document ~/.emacs.d/init.el
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 66340
diff changeset
2030
142b6109f5b7 Document ~/.emacs.d/init.el
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 66340
diff changeset
2031 You can also use @file{~/.emacs.d/init.el} as the init file. Emacs
142b6109f5b7 Document ~/.emacs.d/init.el
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 66340
diff changeset
2032 tries this if it cannot find @file{~/.emacs} or @file{~/.emacs.el}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2033
37596
47f8d088e385 (Init File): Say explicitly that site-start.el is also searched along
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37581
diff changeset
2034 @cindex @file{default.el}, the default init file
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2035 There can also be a @dfn{default init file}, which is the library
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2036 named @file{default.el}, found via the standard search path for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2037 libraries. The Emacs distribution contains no such library; your site
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2038 may create one for local customizations. If this library exists, it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2039 loaded whenever you start Emacs (except when you specify @samp{-q}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2040 But your init file, if any, is loaded first; if it sets
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2041 @code{inhibit-default-init} non-@code{nil}, then @file{default} is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2042 loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2043
37596
47f8d088e385 (Init File): Say explicitly that site-start.el is also searched along
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37581
diff changeset
2044 @cindex site init file
47f8d088e385 (Init File): Say explicitly that site-start.el is also searched along
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37581
diff changeset
2045 @cindex @file{site-start.el}, the site startup file
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2046 Your site may also have a @dfn{site startup file}; this is named
37596
47f8d088e385 (Init File): Say explicitly that site-start.el is also searched along
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37581
diff changeset
2047 @file{site-start.el}, if it exists. Like @file{default.el}, Emacs
47f8d088e385 (Init File): Say explicitly that site-start.el is also searched along
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37581
diff changeset
2048 finds this file via the standard search path for Lisp libraries.
47f8d088e385 (Init File): Say explicitly that site-start.el is also searched along
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37581
diff changeset
2049 Emacs loads this library before it loads your init file. To inhibit
55834
a32af30ee1a1 (Init File): Two dashes start --no-site-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 54723
diff changeset
2050 loading of this library, use the option @samp{--no-site-file}.
66340
72170abe8953 (Init File): Recommend when to use site-start.el.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 66282
diff changeset
2051 @xref{Initial Options}. We recommend against using
72170abe8953 (Init File): Recommend when to use site-start.el.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 66282
diff changeset
2052 @file{site-start.el} for changes that some users may not like. It is
72170abe8953 (Init File): Recommend when to use site-start.el.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 66282
diff changeset
2053 better to put them in @file{default.el}, so that users can more easily
72170abe8953 (Init File): Recommend when to use site-start.el.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 66282
diff changeset
2054 override them.
37596
47f8d088e385 (Init File): Say explicitly that site-start.el is also searched along
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37581
diff changeset
2055
47f8d088e385 (Init File): Say explicitly that site-start.el is also searched along
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37581
diff changeset
2056 You can place @file{default.el} and @file{site-start.el} in any of
47f8d088e385 (Init File): Say explicitly that site-start.el is also searched along
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37581
diff changeset
2057 the directories which Emacs searches for Lisp libraries. The variable
47f8d088e385 (Init File): Say explicitly that site-start.el is also searched along
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37581
diff changeset
2058 @code{load-path} (@pxref{Lisp Libraries}) specifies these directories.
47f8d088e385 (Init File): Say explicitly that site-start.el is also searched along
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37581
diff changeset
2059 Many sites put these files in the @file{site-lisp} subdirectory of the
47f8d088e385 (Init File): Say explicitly that site-start.el is also searched along
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37581
diff changeset
2060 Emacs installation directory, typically
47f8d088e385 (Init File): Say explicitly that site-start.el is also searched along
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37581
diff changeset
2061 @file{/usr/local/share/emacs/site-lisp}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2063 If you have a large amount of code in your @file{.emacs} file, you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2064 should rename it to @file{~/.emacs.el}, and byte-compile it. @xref{Byte
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2065 Compilation,, Byte Compilation, elisp, the Emacs Lisp Reference Manual},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2066 for more information about compiling Emacs Lisp programs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2068 If you are going to write actual Emacs Lisp programs that go beyond
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2069 minor customization, you should read the @cite{Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2070 @ifinfo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2071 @xref{Top, Emacs Lisp, Emacs Lisp, elisp, the Emacs Lisp Reference
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2072 Manual}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2073 @end ifinfo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2075 @menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2076 * Init Syntax:: Syntax of constants in Emacs Lisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2077 * Init Examples:: How to do some things with an init file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2078 * Terminal Init:: Each terminal type can have an init file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2079 * Find Init:: How Emacs finds the init file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2080 @end menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2082 @node Init Syntax
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2083 @subsection Init File Syntax
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2084
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2085 The @file{.emacs} file contains one or more Lisp function call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2086 expressions. Each of these consists of a function name followed by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2087 arguments, all surrounded by parentheses. For example, @code{(setq
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2088 fill-column 60)} calls the function @code{setq} to set the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2089 @code{fill-column} (@pxref{Filling}) to 60.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2090
56085
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2091 You can set any Lisp variable with @code{setq}, but with certain
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2092 variables @code{setq} won't do what you probably want in the
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2093 @file{.emacs} file. Some variables automatically become buffer-local
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2094 when set with @code{setq}; what you want in @file{.emacs} is to set
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2095 the default value, using @code{setq-default}. Some customizable minor
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2096 mode variables do special things to enable the mode when you set them
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2097 with Customize, but ordinary @code{setq} won't do that; to enable the
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2098 mode in your @file{.emacs} file, call the minor mode command. The
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2099 following section has examples of both of these methods.
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2100
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2101 The second argument to @code{setq} is an expression for the new
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2102 value of the variable. This can be a constant, a variable, or a
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2103 function call expression. In @file{.emacs}, constants are used most
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2104 of the time. They can be:
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2106 @table @asis
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2107 @item Numbers:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2108 Numbers are written in decimal, with an optional initial minus sign.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2110 @item Strings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2111 @cindex Lisp string syntax
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2112 @cindex string syntax
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2113 Lisp string syntax is the same as C string syntax with a few extra
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2114 features. Use a double-quote character to begin and end a string constant.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2116 In a string, you can include newlines and special characters literally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2117 But often it is cleaner to use backslash sequences for them: @samp{\n}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2118 for newline, @samp{\b} for backspace, @samp{\r} for carriage return,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2119 @samp{\t} for tab, @samp{\f} for formfeed (control-L), @samp{\e} for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2120 escape, @samp{\\} for a backslash, @samp{\"} for a double-quote, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2121 @samp{\@var{ooo}} for the character whose octal code is @var{ooo}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2122 Backslash and double-quote are the only characters for which backslash
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2123 sequences are mandatory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2125 @samp{\C-} can be used as a prefix for a control character, as in
52979
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
2126 @samp{\C-s} for @acronym{ASCII} control-S, and @samp{\M-} can be used as a prefix for
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2127 a Meta character, as in @samp{\M-a} for @kbd{Meta-A} or @samp{\M-\C-a} for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2128 @kbd{Control-Meta-A}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2129
37198
12c496043cb0 (Init Syntax): Mention the -*-coding:-*- tag if .emacs uses non-ASCII
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37122
diff changeset
2130 @cindex international characters in @file{.emacs}
52979
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
2131 @cindex non-@acronym{ASCII} characters in @file{.emacs}
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
2132 If you want to include non-@acronym{ASCII} characters in strings in your init
37354
39aa69a68098 (Init Syntax): Add a cross reference to "Non-ASCII Rebinding".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37265
diff changeset
2133 file, you should consider putting a @w{@samp{-*-coding:
39aa69a68098 (Init Syntax): Add a cross reference to "Non-ASCII Rebinding".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37265
diff changeset
2134 @var{coding-system}-*-}} tag on the first line which states the coding
37265
d2c4a8eb274a (Init Syntax): Fix last change.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37198
diff changeset
2135 system used to save your @file{.emacs}, as explained in @ref{Recognize
52979
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
2136 Coding}. This is because the defaults for decoding non-@acronym{ASCII} text might
37265
d2c4a8eb274a (Init Syntax): Fix last change.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37198
diff changeset
2137 not yet be set up by the time Emacs reads those parts of your init file
d2c4a8eb274a (Init Syntax): Fix last change.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37198
diff changeset
2138 which use such strings, possibly leading Emacs to decode those strings
d2c4a8eb274a (Init Syntax): Fix last change.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37198
diff changeset
2139 incorrectly.
37198
12c496043cb0 (Init Syntax): Mention the -*-coding:-*- tag if .emacs uses non-ASCII
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37122
diff changeset
2140
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2141 @item Characters:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2142 Lisp character constant syntax consists of a @samp{?} followed by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2143 either a character or an escape sequence starting with @samp{\}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2144 Examples: @code{?x}, @code{?\n}, @code{?\"}, @code{?\)}. Note that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2145 strings and characters are not interchangeable in Lisp; some contexts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2146 require one and some contexts require the other.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2147
37354
39aa69a68098 (Init Syntax): Add a cross reference to "Non-ASCII Rebinding".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37265
diff changeset
2148 @xref{Non-ASCII Rebinding}, for information about binding commands to
52979
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
2149 keys which send non-@acronym{ASCII} characters.
37354
39aa69a68098 (Init Syntax): Add a cross reference to "Non-ASCII Rebinding".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37265
diff changeset
2150
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2151 @item True:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2152 @code{t} stands for `true'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2154 @item False:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2155 @code{nil} stands for `false'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2157 @item Other Lisp objects:
37976
23dc2eca0bd3 Proofreading changes from Tim Goodwin <tjg@star.le.ac.uk>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37843
diff changeset
2158 Write a single-quote (@code{'}) followed by the Lisp object you want.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2159 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2161 @node Init Examples
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2162 @subsection Init File Examples
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2164 Here are some examples of doing certain commonly desired things with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2165 Lisp expressions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2167 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2168 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2169 Make @key{TAB} in C mode just insert a tab if point is in the middle of a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2170 line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2172 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2173 (setq c-tab-always-indent nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2174 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2176 Here we have a variable whose value is normally @code{t} for `true'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2177 and the alternative is @code{nil} for `false'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2179 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2180 Make searches case sensitive by default (in all buffers that do not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2181 override this).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2183 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2184 (setq-default case-fold-search nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2185 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2186
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2187 This sets the default value, which is effective in all buffers that do
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2188 not have local values for the variable. Setting @code{case-fold-search}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2189 with @code{setq} affects only the current buffer's local value, which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2190 is not what you probably want to do in an init file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2192 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2193 @vindex user-mail-address
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2194 Specify your own email address, if Emacs can't figure it out correctly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2196 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2197 (setq user-mail-address "coon@@yoyodyne.com")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2198 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2200 Various Emacs packages that need your own email address use the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2201 @code{user-mail-address}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2203 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2204 Make Text mode the default mode for new buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2205
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2206 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2207 (setq default-major-mode 'text-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2208 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2209
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2210 Note that @code{text-mode} is used because it is the command for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2211 entering Text mode. The single-quote before it makes the symbol a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2212 constant; otherwise, @code{text-mode} would be treated as a variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2213 name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2215 @need 1500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2216 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2217 Set up defaults for the Latin-1 character set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2218 which supports most of the languages of Western Europe.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2220 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2221 (set-language-environment "Latin-1")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2222 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2224 @need 1500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2225 @item
56085
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2226 Turn off Line Number mode, a global minor mode.
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2227
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2228 @example
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2229 (line-number-mode 0)
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2230 @end example
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2231
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2232 @need 1500
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2233 @item
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2234 Turn on Auto Fill mode automatically in Text mode and related modes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2235
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2236 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2237 (add-hook 'text-mode-hook
36148
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
2238 '(lambda () (auto-fill-mode 1)))
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2239 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2241 This shows how to add a hook function to a normal hook variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2242 (@pxref{Hooks}). The function we supply is a list starting with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2243 @code{lambda}, with a single-quote in front of it to make it a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2244 constant rather than an expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2246 It's beyond the scope of this manual to explain Lisp functions, but for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2247 this example it is enough to know that the effect is to execute
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2248 @code{(auto-fill-mode 1)} when Text mode is entered. You can replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2249 that with any other expression that you like, or with several
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2250 expressions in a row.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2252 Emacs comes with a function named @code{turn-on-auto-fill} whose
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2253 definition is @code{(lambda () (auto-fill-mode 1))}. Thus, a simpler
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2254 way to write the above example is as follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2256 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2257 (add-hook 'text-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-fill)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2258 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2260 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2261 Load the installed Lisp library named @file{foo} (actually a file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2262 @file{foo.elc} or @file{foo.el} in a standard Emacs directory).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2264 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2265 (load "foo")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2266 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2268 When the argument to @code{load} is a relative file name, not starting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2269 with @samp{/} or @samp{~}, @code{load} searches the directories in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2270 @code{load-path} (@pxref{Lisp Libraries}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2272 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2273 Load the compiled Lisp file @file{foo.elc} from your home directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2274
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2275 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2276 (load "~/foo.elc")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2277 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2278
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2279 Here an absolute file name is used, so no searching is done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2280
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2281 @item
37354
39aa69a68098 (Init Syntax): Add a cross reference to "Non-ASCII Rebinding".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37265
diff changeset
2282 @cindex loading Lisp libraries automatically
39aa69a68098 (Init Syntax): Add a cross reference to "Non-ASCII Rebinding".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37265
diff changeset
2283 @cindex autoload Lisp libraries
38114
4face9462576 Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37977
diff changeset
2284 Tell Emacs to find the definition for the function @code{myfunction}
4face9462576 Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37977
diff changeset
2285 by loading a Lisp library named @file{mypackage} (i.e.@: a file
4face9462576 Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37977
diff changeset
2286 @file{mypackage.elc} or @file{mypackage.el}):
37354
39aa69a68098 (Init Syntax): Add a cross reference to "Non-ASCII Rebinding".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37265
diff changeset
2287
39aa69a68098 (Init Syntax): Add a cross reference to "Non-ASCII Rebinding".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37265
diff changeset
2288 @example
39aa69a68098 (Init Syntax): Add a cross reference to "Non-ASCII Rebinding".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37265
diff changeset
2289 (autoload 'myfunction "mypackage" "Do what I say." t)
39aa69a68098 (Init Syntax): Add a cross reference to "Non-ASCII Rebinding".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37265
diff changeset
2290 @end example
39aa69a68098 (Init Syntax): Add a cross reference to "Non-ASCII Rebinding".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37265
diff changeset
2291
39aa69a68098 (Init Syntax): Add a cross reference to "Non-ASCII Rebinding".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37265
diff changeset
2292 @noindent
38114
4face9462576 Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37977
diff changeset
2293 Here the string @code{"Do what I say."} is the function's
4face9462576 Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37977
diff changeset
2294 documentation string. You specify it in the @code{autoload}
4face9462576 Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37977
diff changeset
2295 definition so it will be available for help commands even when the
4face9462576 Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37977
diff changeset
2296 package is not loaded. The last argument, @code{t}, indicates that
4face9462576 Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37977
diff changeset
2297 this function is interactive; that is, it can be invoked interactively
4face9462576 Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37977
diff changeset
2298 by typing @kbd{M-x myfunction @key{RET}} or by binding it to a key.
4face9462576 Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37977
diff changeset
2299 If the function is not interactive, omit the @code{t} or use
4face9462576 Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37977
diff changeset
2300 @code{nil}.
37354
39aa69a68098 (Init Syntax): Add a cross reference to "Non-ASCII Rebinding".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37265
diff changeset
2301
39aa69a68098 (Init Syntax): Add a cross reference to "Non-ASCII Rebinding".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37265
diff changeset
2302 @item
59949
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
2303 Rebind the key @kbd{C-x l} to run the function @code{make-symbolic-link}
59961
f8a952f61ced (Init Examples): Fix previous fix.
Lute Kamstra <lute@gnu.org>
parents: 59957
diff changeset
2304 (@pxref{Init Rebinding}).
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2306 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2307 (global-set-key "\C-xl" 'make-symbolic-link)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2308 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2309
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2310 or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2312 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2313 (define-key global-map "\C-xl" 'make-symbolic-link)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2314 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2316 Note once again the single-quote used to refer to the symbol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2317 @code{make-symbolic-link} instead of its value as a variable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2319 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2320 Do the same thing for Lisp mode only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2321
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2322 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2323 (define-key lisp-mode-map "\C-xl" 'make-symbolic-link)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2324 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2326 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2327 Redefine all keys which now run @code{next-line} in Fundamental mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2328 so that they run @code{forward-line} instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2329
26392
b3d3ff9a7a2c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2330 @findex substitute-key-definition
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2331 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2332 (substitute-key-definition 'next-line 'forward-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2333 global-map)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2334 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2336 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2337 Make @kbd{C-x C-v} undefined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2339 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2340 (global-unset-key "\C-x\C-v")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2341 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2343 One reason to undefine a key is so that you can make it a prefix.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2344 Simply defining @kbd{C-x C-v @var{anything}} will make @kbd{C-x C-v} a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2345 prefix, but @kbd{C-x C-v} must first be freed of its usual non-prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2346 definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2348 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2349 Make @samp{$} have the syntax of punctuation in Text mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2350 Note the use of a character constant for @samp{$}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2352 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2353 (modify-syntax-entry ?\$ "." text-mode-syntax-table)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2354 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2356 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2357 Enable the use of the command @code{narrow-to-region} without confirmation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2359 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2360 (put 'narrow-to-region 'disabled nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2361 @end example
61606
e348d86e70f8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 61051
diff changeset
2362
e348d86e70f8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 61051
diff changeset
2363 @item
64418
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2364 Adjusting the configuration to various platforms and Emacs versions.
61606
e348d86e70f8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 61051
diff changeset
2365
64418
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2366 Users typically want Emacs to behave the same on all systems, so the
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2367 same init file is right for all platforms. However, sometimes it
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2368 happens that a function you use for customizing Emacs is not available
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2369 on some platforms or in older Emacs versions. To deal with that
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2370 situation, put the customization inside a conditional that tests whether
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2371 the function or facility is available, like this:
61606
e348d86e70f8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 61051
diff changeset
2372
e348d86e70f8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 61051
diff changeset
2373 @example
64418
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2374 (if (fboundp 'blink-cursor-mode)
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2375 (blink-cursor-mode 0))
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2376
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2377 (if (boundp 'coding-category-utf-8)
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2378 (set-coding-priority '(coding-category-utf-8)))
61606
e348d86e70f8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 61051
diff changeset
2379 @end example
e348d86e70f8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 61051
diff changeset
2380
64418
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2381 @noindent
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2382 You can also simply disregard the errors that occur if the
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2383 function is not defined.
61606
e348d86e70f8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 61051
diff changeset
2384
e348d86e70f8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 61051
diff changeset
2385 @example
64418
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2386 (condition case ()
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2387 (set-face-background 'region "grey75")
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2388 (error nil))
61606
e348d86e70f8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 61051
diff changeset
2389 @end example
e348d86e70f8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 61051
diff changeset
2390
64418
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2391 A @code{setq} on a variable which does not exist is generally
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2392 harmless, so those do not need a conditional.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2393 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2395 @node Terminal Init
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2396 @subsection Terminal-specific Initialization
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2398 Each terminal type can have a Lisp library to be loaded into Emacs when
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2399 it is run on that type of terminal. For a terminal type named
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2400 @var{termtype}, the library is called @file{term/@var{termtype}} and it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2401 found by searching the directories @code{load-path} as usual and trying the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2402 suffixes @samp{.elc} and @samp{.el}. Normally it appears in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2403 subdirectory @file{term} of the directory where most Emacs libraries are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2404 kept.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2406 The usual purpose of the terminal-specific library is to map the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2407 escape sequences used by the terminal's function keys onto more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2408 meaningful names, using @code{function-key-map}. See the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2409 @file{term/lk201.el} for an example of how this is done. Many function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2410 keys are mapped automatically according to the information in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2411 Termcap data base; the terminal-specific library needs to map only the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2412 function keys that Termcap does not specify.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2413
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2414 When the terminal type contains a hyphen, only the part of the name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2415 before the first hyphen is significant in choosing the library name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2416 Thus, terminal types @samp{aaa-48} and @samp{aaa-30-rv} both use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2417 the library @file{term/aaa}. The code in the library can use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2418 @code{(getenv "TERM")} to find the full terminal type name.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2420 @vindex term-file-prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2421 The library's name is constructed by concatenating the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2422 variable @code{term-file-prefix} and the terminal type. Your @file{.emacs}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2423 file can prevent the loading of the terminal-specific library by setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2424 @code{term-file-prefix} to @code{nil}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2425
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2426 @vindex term-setup-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2427 Emacs runs the hook @code{term-setup-hook} at the end of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2428 initialization, after both your @file{.emacs} file and any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2429 terminal-specific library have been read in. Add hook functions to this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2430 hook if you wish to override part of any of the terminal-specific
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2431 libraries and to define initializations for terminals that do not have a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2432 library. @xref{Hooks}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2434 @node Find Init
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2435 @subsection How Emacs Finds Your Init File
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2436
29107
203ba1f77b7b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28344
diff changeset
2437 Normally Emacs uses the environment variable @env{HOME} to find
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
2438 @file{.emacs}; that's what @samp{~} means in a file name. If
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
2439 @file{.emacs} is not found inside @file{~/} (nor @file{.emacs.el}),
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
2440 Emacs looks for @file{~/.emacs.d/init.el} (which, like
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
2441 @file{~/.emacs.el}, can be byte-compiled).
59949
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
2442
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
2443 However, if you run Emacs from a shell started by @code{su}, Emacs
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
2444 tries to find your own @file{.emacs}, not that of the user you are
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
2445 currently pretending to be. The idea is that you should get your own
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
2446 editor customizations even if you are running as the super user.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2448 More precisely, Emacs first determines which user's init file to use.
29107
203ba1f77b7b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28344
diff changeset
2449 It gets the user name from the environment variables @env{LOGNAME} and
203ba1f77b7b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28344
diff changeset
2450 @env{USER}; if neither of those exists, it uses effective user-ID.
203ba1f77b7b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28344
diff changeset
2451 If that user name matches the real user-ID, then Emacs uses @env{HOME};
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2452 otherwise, it looks up the home directory corresponding to that user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2453 name in the system's data base of users.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2454 @c LocalWords: backtab
52401
695cf19ef79e Add arch taglines
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 52227
diff changeset
2455
695cf19ef79e Add arch taglines
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 52227
diff changeset
2456 @ignore
695cf19ef79e Add arch taglines
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 52227
diff changeset
2457 arch-tag: c68abddb-4410-4fb5-925f-63394e971d93
695cf19ef79e Add arch taglines
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 52227
diff changeset
2458 @end ignore